- No category
advertisement
CompleteView™ Administrator Manual
CompleteView™ Version 4.7
Salient Systems Corporation CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
©2016 Salient Systems Corporation. All Rights Reserved
Company and product names mentioned are registered trademarks of their respective owners.
Salient Systems Corporation i Simple.Scalable.Security
Salient Systems Corporation CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
End User License Agreement
Salient CompleteView™ SOFTWARE LICENSE:
1. GRANT OF LICENSE: Salient grants to you the right to use one (1) copy of the Salient
CompleteView Server SOFTWARE on one (1) computer. Salient grants to you the right to use one (1) copy of the Salient CompleteView Client SOFTWARE on any numbers of computers, provided that the Salient CompleteView Client is solely used to connect to a Salient CompleteView Server. The
SOFTWARE is in "use" on a computer when it is loaded into temporary memory (i.e. RAM) or installed into permanent memory (e.g. hard disk, CD‐ROM or other storage device) of that computer.
2. COPYRIGHT: The SOFTWARE is owned by Salient and/or its licensor(s), if any, and is protected by copyright laws and international treaty provisions. Therefore, you must treat the SOFTWARE like any other copyrighted material (e.g. a book or a musical recording) except that you may either (a) make a copy of the SOFTWARE solely for backup or archival purposes or (b) transfer the SOFTWARE to a single hard disk provided you keep the original solely for backup purposes.
3. OTHER RESTRICTIONS: You may not rent, lease or sublicense the SOFTWARE but you may transfer
SOFTWARE and accompanying written materials on a permanent basis provided that you retain no copies and the recipient agrees to the terms of this agreement. You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble the SOFTWARE. If the SOFTWARE is an update or has been updated, any transfer must include the most recent update and all previous versions.
4. THIRD PARTY Software: The SOFTWARE may contain third party software, which requires notices and/or additional terms and conditions. Such required third party software notices and/or additional terms and conditions are located in the readme file or other product documentation. By accepting this license agreement, you are also accepting the additional terms and conditions, if any, set forth therein.
5. TERMINATION: This License is effective until terminated. Your rights under this License will terminate automatically without notice from Salient if you fail to comply with any term(s) of this
License. Upon the termination of this License, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and destroy all copies, full or partial, of the SOFTWARE.
6. GOVERNING LAW: This agreement shall be deemed performed in and shall be construed by the laws of United States, Texas.
7. DISCLAIMER: PROCUREMENT AND USE OF THE SOFTWARE ENTITLES BOTH SALIENT AND THE
USER TO CERTAIN RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES. CONTINGENT UPON STATE, MUNICIPAL, AND FEDERAL
STATUTES. EXPECTATIONS OF FUNCTIONALITY, VIABILITY, USABILITY, AND/OR PERFORMANCE OF
THE SOFTWARE MAY BE LIMITED OR OTHERWISE GOVERNED PURSUANT TO THE APPLICABLE
SOFTWARE WARRANTY.
THE SPECIFIC AGREEMENT BETWEEN SALIENT AND THE END USER MAY BE CHANGED WITHOUT
NOTICE AT ANY TIME. ANY AND ALL UPDATES TO THE AGREEMENT MAY BE FOUND ON THE
SALIENT WEBSITE AT http://www.salientsys.com
.
Salient Systems Corporation ii Simple.Scalable.Security
Salient Systems Corporation CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Contents
1.
About This Manual ........................................................................................................... 1
Scope ........................................................................................................................................... 1
Audience ...................................................................................................................................... 1
Document Conventions ............................................................................................................... 1
Typographical Conventions ..................................................................................................... 1
Reader Alerts ........................................................................................................................... 4
Screenshots .............................................................................................................................. 5
Illustrations .............................................................................................................................. 6
Command Line Examples ....................................................................................................... 7
Acronyms and Abbreviations ...................................................................................................... 9
2.
System Requirements ..................................................................................................... 11
CompleteView™ Client Requirements ..................................................................................... 11
CompleteView™ Server Requirements .................................................................................... 11
3.
VMS System Functional Overview .................................................................................. 12
4.
VMS System Network Communications .......................................................................... 17
5.
CompleteView™ VMS Software Suite, Overview ............................................................ 19
CV Server Suite Components ................................................................................................... 19
CV Client Suite Components .................................................................................................... 20
6.
Microsoft® Windows® Integration .................................................................................. 23
CompleteView™ Windows® Applications .............................................................................. 24
CompleteView™, Windows
®
System Services ........................................................................ 25
Accessing CompleteView™ Windows® System Services ................................................... 26
CompleteView™, Active Directory® Connector ..................................................................... 30
Windows® Firewall .................................................................................................................. 32
Mandatory Firewall Exceptions............................................................................................. 32
Optional Firewall Exceptions ................................................................................................ 33
Camera Firewall Exceptions .................................................................................................. 33
Alarm Device and Other Exceptions ..................................................................................... 34
About Configuring Windows Firewall Exceptions ............................................................... 34
Configure Firewall Exceptions .............................................................................................. 35
Configure Windows® Firewall with Advanced Security ...................................................... 36
Salient Systems Corporation iii Simple.Scalable.Security
Salient Systems Corporation CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
7.
Connecting To CompleteView™ Servers .......................................................................... 42
Connect To Server Dialog ......................................................................................................... 45
CompleteView™ Utility Programs ........................................................................................... 46
8.
CompleteView™ License Management ........................................................................... 47
CompleteView™ License keys ................................................................................................. 49
Obtaining a Hardware License Key ....................................................................................... 49
Obtaining a Software License Key ........................................................................................ 49
Retrieving the Server Product ID .......................................................................................... 50
Managing Feature Keys ............................................................................................................ 52
Accessing Feature Keys and Product ID ............................................................................... 52
Adding Feature Keys ............................................................................................................. 55
Removing Feature Keys ........................................................................................................ 56
Moving Camera Feature Keys ............................................................................................... 57
Moving Camera Feature Keys between Software License Keys .......................................... 57
9.
Software Installation ...................................................................................................... 58
CompleteView™ Installation Wizard ....................................................................................... 58
Installing Gen I Capture Card Drivers ................................................................................... 68
Installing Gen II Capture Card Drivers ................................................................................. 69
10.
System Configuration ..................................................................................................... 70
System Components .................................................................................................................. 71
Edge devices .......................................................................................................................... 71
Video client components ....................................................................................................... 72
The Video server components ............................................................................................... 73
Configuration Files .................................................................................................................... 74
The Server configuration file ................................................................................................. 74
The Client configuration file ................................................................................................. 75
11.
CompleteView™ Configuration Utility ............................................................................ 76
Configuration Sessions .............................................................................................................. 76
To start the Configuration Utility .......................................................................................... 77
To create a server configuration session ................................................................................ 78
To create a client configuration session ................................................................................ 79
To open a saved configuration session .................................................................................. 81
Configuration Consoles ............................................................................................................. 82
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
Salient Systems Corporation CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Server Configuration Console ................................................................................................... 84
Server Configuration Console, System Menu ....................................................................... 85
Server Configuration Console, Toolbar ................................................................................. 90
Server Configuration Console Tree ....................................................................................... 93
Server Configuration Console Details Pane .......................................................................... 95
Client Configuration Console .................................................................................................... 96
Client Configuration Console System Menu ......................................................................... 97
Client Configuration Toolbar .............................................................................................. 102
Client Configuration Console Tree ...................................................................................... 105
Client Configuration Details Pane ....................................................................................... 107
12.
Configuring CompleteView™ Servers ............................................................................ 108
Managing Server Configurations ............................................................................................ 109
To add a Server Configuration ............................................................................................ 111
To edit a Server Configuration credentials .......................................................................... 112
To delete a Server Configuration ......................................................................................... 114
To access the server license management dialogue ............................................................. 114
To reload a server configuration .......................................................................................... 115
To save a server configuration ............................................................................................. 116
To load a server configuration ............................................................................................. 117
To save a Server Configuration ........................................................................................... 118
To restore a server configuration backup ............................................................................ 119
To save a server configuration backup ................................................................................ 120
To access User functions from the server configuration menu ........................................... 121
To access Camera functions from the server configuration menu ...................................... 121
To access Alarm Device functions from the server configuration menu ............................ 121
To access Volume functions from the server configuration menu ...................................... 121
To access Schedule functions from the server configuration menu .................................... 122
Configuring the Server Configuration ..................................................................................... 123
Server Configurations, Server General Settings Window ................................................... 123
Server Configurations, Server Logging Window ................................................................ 126
Server Configuration, Server Email Window...................................................................... 128
Server Configuration, Server Tracking Window ................................................................. 130
Server Configuration, Server Integrations Window ............................................................ 132
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
Salient Systems Corporation CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Server Configuration, Axis One-Click Window ................................................................. 134
Server Configuration, Web Server ...................................................................................... 136
Server Configuration, Users/Groups ....................................................................................... 137
Users/Groups Functional Overview .................................................................................... 137
Creating and Managing Server Users/Groups ..................................................................... 138
Configuring Server Users/Groups ....................................................................................... 141
Server Configurations, Cameras ............................................................................................. 149
Analog Cameras .................................................................................................................. 149
IP Cameras ........................................................................................................................... 150
QuickTrack Cameras ........................................................................................................... 151
Camera Pan Tilt Zoom (PTZ) Control ................................................................................ 151
Advanced Camera Features ................................................................................................. 151
CompleteView™ Advanced Camera Features .................................................................... 152
Creating and Managing Camera Objects ............................................................................. 154
Configuring Cameras ........................................................................................................... 169
Audio Devices ......................................................................................................................... 216
Alarm Devices ......................................................................................................................... 218
Creating and Managing Alarm Devices .............................................................................. 218
Configuring Alarm Devices................................................................................................. 220
Serial Ports .............................................................................................................................. 227
Serial Ports Functional Overview ........................................................................................ 227
Creating and Managing Serial Ports .................................................................................... 228
Configuring Serial Ports ...................................................................................................... 229
Video Volumes ........................................................................................................................ 233
Video Volumes Functional Overview ................................................................................. 235
Creating and Managing Volumes ........................................................................................ 241
Configuring Video Volumes ............................................................................................... 244
Schedules ................................................................................................................................. 258
Schedules Functional Overview .......................................................................................... 258
Creating and Managing Schedules ...................................................................................... 260
Configuring Schedules ........................................................................................................ 264
NVRs & DVRs ........................................................................................................................ 273
Adding an NVR ................................................................................................................... 273
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
Salient Systems Corporation CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Adding Cameras to an NVR ................................................................................................ 274
Server Configurations, Diagnostic/Reporting ......................................................................... 277
Diagnostic/Reporting, Logging Window ............................................................................ 277
Diagnostic/Reporting, Cameras Window ............................................................................ 281
Diagnostic/Reporting, Configurations Window .................................................................. 283
13.
Configuring CompleteView™ Clients ............................................................................. 287
Managing Client Configurations ............................................................................................. 289
To add a Client Configuration ............................................................................................. 291
To edit Client Configuration Credentials ............................................................................ 293
To delete a Client Configuration ......................................................................................... 295
To reload a Client Configuration ......................................................................................... 296
To save a Client Configuration ............................................................................................ 297
To load a Client Configuration ............................................................................................ 298
To save a client configuration to a file ................................................................................ 301
To restore a client configuration backup ............................................................................. 303
To save a client configuration backup ................................................................................. 304
To access User functions from the client configuration menu ............................................ 304
To access View functions from the client configuration menu ........................................... 305
To access Map functions from the client configuration menu ............................................ 305
To access Server functions from the client configuration menu ......................................... 305
To access Zone functions from the client configuration menu ........................................... 305
Configuring the Client Configuration ..................................................................................... 307
Client Configuration, Client General Settings Window ...................................................... 307
Client Configuration, Zones/Sites ........................................................................................... 309
Creating and Managing Client Zones/Sites ......................................................................... 310
Configuring Zones/Sites ...................................................................................................... 314
Client Configuration, Users/Groups ........................................................................................ 318
Client Users/Groups Functional Overview.......................................................................... 319
Creating and Managing Client Users/Groups ...................................................................... 320
Configuring Client Users and Groups ................................................................................. 323
Client Configuration, Servers .................................................................................................. 329
Client Configuration, Servers Functional Overview ........................................................... 329
Client Configuration, Creating and Managing Servers ....................................................... 329
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
Salient Systems Corporation CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Client Configuration, Configuring Servers ......................................................................... 336
Client Configuration, View Layouts ....................................................................................... 338
Views Layouts Functional Overview .................................................................................. 338
Creating and Managing View Layouts ................................................................................ 340
Configuring View Layouts .................................................................................................. 351
Client Configuration, Maps ..................................................................................................... 360
Creating and Managing Map Objects .................................................................................. 360
Configuring Maps ................................................................................................................ 362
14.
CompleteView™ Server Process Maintenance .............................................................. 372
CompleteView Server Service ................................................................................................ 375
Server Service Maintenance Tasks ...................................................................................... 376
CompleteView Administrative Service ................................................................................... 384
Administrative Service Maintenance Tasks ........................................................................ 385
CompleteView Configuration Server ...................................................................................... 390
ConfigServer Service Maintenance Tasks ........................................................................... 392
Appendices .......................................................................................................................... 397
Additional Resources .............................................................................................................. 427
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
Salient Systems Corporation CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
List of Figures
Figure 1-1, Sample Screenshot ....................................................................................................... 5
Figure 1-2, Sample Drawing Image ................................................................................................ 6
Figure 1-3, Command Line Example Format ................................................................................. 7
Figure 1-4, Windows(R) CLI Shell ................................................................................................ 8
Figure 3-1, VMS Simplified Block Diagram ................................................................................ 12
Figure 4-1, VMS Network Communications ................................................................................ 17
Figure 5-1, CompleteView Software Suite ................................................................................... 19
Figure 6-1, Service Properties Dialogue ....................................................................................... 28
Figure 6-2, Active Directory Authentication ................................................................................ 30
Figure 6-3, Configure Firewall Exception .................................................................................... 36
Figure 6-4, MS Firewall with advanced security snap-in ............................................................. 41
Figure 7-1, Server Management Connections .............................................................................. 42
Figure 7-2, Client Server Transmit Datagram Flow ..................................................................... 43
Figure 7-3, Connect To Server Dialogue ...................................................................................... 45
Figure 8-1, Single Server License Model ..................................................................................... 47
Figure 8-2, Multi-Server License Model ...................................................................................... 48
Figure 8-3 License Not Found Dialogue ...................................................................................... 51
Figure 8-4 Feature Keys Dialogue ................................................................................................ 52
Figure 8-5 Access Feature keys .................................................................................................... 54
Figure 10-1, VMS System Component Relationships .................................................................. 70
Figure 10-2, Server Configuration File ......................................................................................... 74
Figure 11-1, Connect To Server Dialogue .................................................................................... 78
Figure 11-2, Client Configuration Dialogue ................................................................................. 79
Figure 11-3, Open session File Dialogue ...................................................................................... 81
Figure 11-4, Server Configuration Console .................................................................................. 84
Figure 11-5, Server Configuration Menu...................................................................................... 88
Figure 11-6, Server Configuration Toolbar .................................................................................. 90
Figure 11-7, Server Configuration Console Tree ......................................................................... 93
Figure 11-8, Server Configuration Console Details Pane ............................................................. 95
Figure 11-9, Client Configuration Console .................................................................................. 96
Figure 11-10, Client Configuration Menu Bar ............................................................................. 97
Figure 11-11, Client Configuration Menu .................................................................................. 100
Figure 11-12, Client Configuration Toolbar ............................................................................... 102
Figure 11-13, Client Toolbar, File Buttons ................................................................................. 102
Figure 11-14, Client Toolbar, Configuration Buttons ................................................................ 103
Figure 11-15, Client Configuration Console Tree ...................................................................... 105
Figure 11-16, Client Configuration Details Pane ....................................................................... 107
Figure 12-1, Server Menu ........................................................................................................... 109
Figure 12-2, Add Server Configuration Dialogue ...................................................................... 111
Figure 12-3, Question Dialogue .................................................................................................. 112
Figure 12-4, Information Dialogue ............................................................................................. 116
Figure 12-5, Out of Date Dialogue ............................................................................................. 116
Figure 12-6, Server Configuration - General .............................................................................. 123
Figure 12-7, Server Configuration – Logging Window .............................................................. 126
Salient Systems Corporation ix Simple.Scalable.Security
Salient Systems Corporation CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Figure 12-8, Server Configuration - Email ................................................................................. 128
Figure 12-9, Email Configuration ............................................................................................... 129
Figure 12-10, Server Configuration - Tracking .......................................................................... 130
Figure 12-11, Server Configuration - Integrations ..................................................................... 132
Figure 12-12, Server Configuration - Axis One Click ............................................................... 134
Figure 12-13, Server Configuration – Web Server ..................................................................... 136
Figure 12-14, Users/Groups Administration Tab ....................................................................... 141
Figure 12-15, User/Group Membership Box .............................................................................. 143
Figure 12-16, Users/Groups Camera Tab ................................................................................... 144
Figure 12-17, Users/Groups Advanced Window ........................................................................ 147
Figure 12-18, Cameras Menu ..................................................................................................... 155
Figure 12-19, Live View Dialogue ............................................................................................. 158
Figure 12-20, Move or Copy IP Cameras ................................................................................... 161
Figure 12-21, Camera Search/Add Dialogue .............................................................................. 165
Figure 12-22, Camera Edit Dialogue .......................................................................................... 167
Figure 12-23, Cameras General Tab ........................................................................................... 169
Figure 12-24, Cameras Volumes Window .................................................................................. 178
Figure 12-25, Cameras IP Window ............................................................................................ 180
Figure 12-26, Use On-Camera Alerting ...................................................................................... 184
Figure 12-27, Camera Alarm Event Configuration .................................................................... 185
Figure 12-28, Cameras PTZ Window ......................................................................................... 187
Figure 12-29, Cameras Motion/Alarm Window ......................................................................... 192
Figure 12-30, Actions Dialogue .................................................................................................. 197
Figure 12-31, Actions Dialogue Controls ................................................................................... 198
Figure 12-32, Add Action Dialogue ........................................................................................... 199
Figure 12-33, Add Action Dialogue Controls............................................................................. 199
Figure 12-34, Live View ............................................................................................................. 201
Figure 12-35, Cameras Audio Window ...................................................................................... 203
Figure 12-36, Cameras Email Window ...................................................................................... 205
Figure 12-37, Cameras Analytics Window ................................................................................. 208
Figure 12-38, Cameras Edge Storage Window........................................................................... 210
Figure 12-39, Edge Storage Settings .......................................................................................... 212
Figure 12-40, Edge Storage Synchronization Options ............................................................... 212
Figure 12-41, Cameras Advanced tab ......................................................................................... 214
Figure 12-42, Audio Devices Settings Tab ................................................................................. 216
Figure 12-43, Alarm Device Menu ............................................................................................. 218
Figure 12-44, Alarm Devices IP Tab .......................................................................................... 220
Figure 12-45, Alarm Devices Inputs tab ..................................................................................... 222
Figure 12-46, Alarm Devices Outputs Window ......................................................................... 224
Figure 12-47, Serial Ports Functional Diagram .......................................................................... 227
Figure 12-48, Serial Ports Settings Tab ...................................................................................... 230
Figure 12‐49, Volumes Menu ...................................................................................................... 242
Figure 12-50, Volumes General Tab .......................................................................................... 245
Figure 12-52, Volumes Cameras Tab ......................................................................................... 256
Figure 12-53, Schedules Menu ................................................................................................... 260
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
Salient Systems Corporation CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Figure 12-54, Schedule Error Dialogue ...................................................................................... 261
Figure 12-55, Schedule Type Dialogue ...................................................................................... 262
Figure 12-56, Schedules Edit Window ....................................................................................... 265
Figure 12-57, Schedules Manual Edit Controls .......................................................................... 268
Figure 12-58, Recording Plan Timescale Control ...................................................................... 271
Figure 12-58, NVR Right Click Menu ....................................................................................... 273
Figure 12-59, NVR Config Menu ............................................................................................... 273
Figure 12-60, NVR General Tab ................................................................................................ 274
Figure 12-61, NVR Camera Config Detail ................................................................................. 275
Figure 12-62, NVR Add Camera ................................................................................................ 276
Figure 12-63, Diagnostic/Reporting - Logging Details .............................................................. 277
Figure 12-64, Diagnostic/Reporting - Camera Details ............................................................... 281
Figure 12-65, Diagnostic/Reporting - Configurations Details .................................................... 283
Figure 12-66, Load Client Configuration Dialogue .................................................................... 285
Figure 13-1, Client Configuration Menu .................................................................................... 289
Figure 13-2, Client Container Menu Items ................................................................................. 290
Figure 13-3, Add Client Configuration Dialogue ....................................................................... 291
Figure 13-4, Question Dialogue .................................................................................................. 295
Figure 13-5, Information Dialogue ............................................................................................. 297
Figure 13-6, Load Client Configuration Dialogue ...................................................................... 298
Figure 13-7, Save Client Configuration ...................................................................................... 301
Figure 13-8, Client Container General Window ......................................................................... 307
Figure 13-9, Zones/Sites Menu ................................................................................................... 310
Figure 13-10, New Zone Dialogue ............................................................................................. 311
Figure 13-11, New Site Dialogue ............................................................................................... 312
Figure 13-12, Zones General Window ........................................................................................ 314
Figure 13-13, Zones Administration Tab.................................................................................... 315
Figure 13-14, Sites General Window .......................................................................................... 316
Figure 13-15, Sites Administration Window .............................................................................. 317
Figure 13-16, Client Configuration Utility Console Tree ........................................................... 318
Figure 13-17, Client Users/Groups Menu ................................................................................... 320
Figure 13-18, Users/Groups Administration Tab ....................................................................... 323
Figure 13-19, Users/Groups Credentials Window ...................................................................... 327
Figure 13-20, Servers Menu ....................................................................................................... 330
Figure 13-21, Add Server Dialogue ............................................................................................ 331
Figure 13-22, Add Server Question Dialogue ............................................................................ 331
Figure 13-23, Server Login Dialogue ......................................................................................... 332
Figure 13-24, Retrieving Server Information ............................................................................. 332
Figure 13-25, Change Server Address Dialogue ........................................................................ 333
Figure 13-26, Servers Cameras Window .................................................................................... 337
Figure 13-27, View Menus ......................................................................................................... 340
Figure 13-28, New View Dialogue ............................................................................................. 341
Figure 13-29, Autopopulate Views Dialogue ............................................................................. 342
Figure 13-30, View Object Menu ............................................................................................... 343
Figure 13-31, New View Dialogue ............................................................................................. 344
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
Salient Systems Corporation CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Figure 13-32, Autopopulate Views ............................................................................................. 345
Figure 13-33, Apply Template Warning ..................................................................................... 349
Figure 13-34, Delete Template Warning .................................................................................... 350
Figure 13-35, View Object General Settings Window ............................................................... 351
Figure 13-36, View Layout Object Edit Window ....................................................................... 352
Figure 13-37, View Layout Add Camera ................................................................................... 354
Figure 13-38, Add Map Dialogue ............................................................................................... 358
Figure 13-39, Web page Dialogue .............................................................................................. 359
Figure 13-40, Map Menu ............................................................................................................ 360
Figure 13-41, Maps Open File Dialogue .................................................................................... 363
Figure 13-42, Map Edit Window ................................................................................................ 366
Figure 13-43, Map Camera Live View ....................................................................................... 369
Figure 14-1, Server Package Selection ....................................................................................... 372
Figure 14-2, Installation Directory Listing ................................................................................. 374
Figure 14-3, Server Service Network Communications ............................................................. 375
Figure 14-4, CompleteView Server Service ............................................................................... 376
Figure 14-5, CompleteView Admin Service .............................................................................. 384
Figure 14-6, Select Admin Service ............................................................................................. 385
Figure 14-7, CompleteView™ Config Server Service ............................................................... 390
Figure 14-8, Select Config Server Service ................................................................................. 391
Figure 14-9, Axis Camera Basic Configuration ......................................................................... 402
Figure 14-10, Axis Camera Plain Config Page ........................................................................... 403
Figure 14-11, Axis Camera Image Group Settings ..................................................................... 404
Figure 14-12, Events Configuration Web Page .......................................................................... 406
Figure 14-13, Event Configuration/Recipient Setup .................................................................. 407
Figure 14-14, Action Rules Setup ............................................................................................... 408
Figure 14-15, Action Rule Dialogue ........................................................................................... 409
Figure 14-16, Action Rule Custom Parameters .......................................................................... 410
Figure 14-17, Symmetry VCA Setup.......................................................................................... 412
Figure 14-18, Symmetry CompleteView Alert Setup................................................................. 413
Figure 14-19, Symmetry Alarm Event Selection ....................................................................... 413
Figure 14-20, Symmetry Motion and Alarm Timings ................................................................ 414
Figure 14-21, DI Event Setup ..................................................................................................... 415
Figure 14-22, Symmetry HTTP Server Setting & Command Line ............................................ 416
Figure 14-23, Symmetry Event Profile ....................................................................................... 416
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
List of Tables
Table 1-1, Typographical Conventions ........................................................................................... 3
Table 1-2, Reader Alerts ................................................................................................................. 4
Table 1-3, Acronyms and Abbreviations ...................................................................................... 10
Table 6-1, CompleteView Applications ....................................................................................... 24
Table 6-2, CompleteView System Services .................................................................................. 25
Table 6-3, CompleteView Services Default Settings ................................................................... 29
Table 6-4, Mandatory CV Firewall Exceptions ............................................................................ 32
Table 6-5, Optional CV Firewall Exceptions ............................................................................... 33
Table 6-6, Common Camera Firewall Exceptions ........................................................................ 33
Table 6-7, Inbound Rule Wizard Steps 1 & 2 ............................................................................... 38
Table 6-8, Inbound Rule Wizard Steps 3 & 4 ............................................................................... 39
Table 6-9, Inbound Rule Wizard Step 5 ....................................................................................... 40
Table 7-1, CompleteView Utility Programs ................................................................................. 46
Table 11-1, Configuration File Containers ................................................................................... 82
Table 11-2, Server Configuration System Menu .......................................................................... 85
Table 11-3, File Menu................................................................................................................... 86
Table 11-4, Server Configuration View Menu ............................................................................. 89
Table 11-5, Server Toolbar, File Buttons ..................................................................................... 91
Table 11-6, Server Toolbar, Configuration Buttons ..................................................................... 92
Table 11-7, Server Toolbar, Misc. Buttons................................................................................... 92
Table 11-8, File Menu................................................................................................................... 98
Table 11-9, Configure Clients View Menu ................................................................................. 101
Table 11-10, Client Toolbar, Misc. Buttons ............................................................................... 104
Table 12-1, Server Menu Items .................................................................................................. 110
Table 12-2, Server Configuration Network Settings .................................................................. 124
Table 12-3, General Tab AD Items ............................................................................................. 124
Table 12-4, General Tab Video Analytics Items ........................................................................ 125
Table 12-5, General Tab Global Settings ................................................................................... 125
Table 12-6, Logging Tab Items .................................................................................................. 127
Table 12-7, Tracking Window .................................................................................................... 131
Table 12-8, Tracking Behavior ................................................................................................... 131
Table 12-9, S2 Access Control Parameters ................................................................................. 133
Table 12-10, SureView Immix Parameters ................................................................................. 133
Table 12-11, Bold Manitou Parameters ...................................................................................... 133
Table 12-12, Axis Dispatch Server Parameters .......................................................................... 135
Table 12-13, Axis One-Click Component Parameters ............................................................... 135
Table 12-14, Server Configuration User Menu .......................................................................... 138
Table 12-15, User/Group Selectable attributes ........................................................................... 142
Table 12-16, PTZ Priority ........................................................................................................... 144
Table 12-17, Camera Permissions .............................................................................................. 145
Table 12-18, Camera Permission Attributes ............................................................................... 145
Table 12-19, Preset Permissions ................................................................................................. 145
Table 12-20, Preset Permission Attributes .................................................................................. 146
Salient Systems Corporation xii i
Simple.Scalable.Security
Salient Systems Corporation CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Table 12-21, Presets Permissions, Attributes ............................................................................. 148
Table 12-22, Analog Camera PTZ Control................................................................................. 150
Table 12-23, Live View PTZ Controls ....................................................................................... 159
Table 12-24, Live View Preset Controls ..................................................................................... 160
Table 12-25, Camera Parameter Settings .................................................................................... 170
Table 12-26, Stream Compression Settings ................................................................................ 176
Table 12-27, Volumes Settings ................................................................................................... 179
Table 12-28, Camera IP Settings ................................................................................................ 181
Table 12-29, On Camera Alert Settings ...................................................................................... 185
Table 12‐30, Camera Alarm Events Sample ................................................................................ 186
Table 12-31, Camera PTZ Settings ............................................................................................. 188
Table 12-32, PTZ Timeouts Settings .......................................................................................... 189
Table 12-33, Preset Tour Settings ............................................................................................... 190
Table 12-34, Recording Behavior Settings ................................................................................. 193
Table 12-35, Motion Zone Controls ........................................................................................... 193
Table 12-36, Motions Zones Dialogue ....................................................................................... 195
Table 12-37, Motion Zones Mode Group Buttons ...................................................................... 195
Table 12-38, Selected Zone Controls.......................................................................................... 196
Table 12-39, Live View PTZ Controls ....................................................................................... 202
Table 12-40, Live View Presets Controls ................................................................................... 202
Table 12-41, Camera Audio Settings .......................................................................................... 203
Table 12-42, Email Settings ........................................................................................................ 206
Table 12-43, Email Notification Limits ...................................................................................... 207
Table 12-44, Analytics Settings .................................................................................................. 209
Table 12-45, Audio Devices Settings ......................................................................................... 216
Table 12-46, Alarm Device IP Settings ...................................................................................... 221
Table 12-47, Alarm Device Inputs Settings ................................................................................ 223
Table 12-48, Alarm Device Inputs Settings ................................................................................ 225
Table 12-49, Alarm Device Output Triggers .............................................................................. 225
Table 12-50, Serial Comm Port Resources ................................................................................. 228
Table 12-51, Serial Port settings ................................................................................................. 230
Table 12-52, Video Volume Directory Structure ....................................................................... 233
Table 12-53, Storage Volumes Functional Diagram .................................................................. 236
Table 12-54, Database Scan Settings .......................................................................................... 246
Table 12-55, Volume Type Settings ........................................................................................... 247
Table 12-57, Archive Settings .................................................................................................... 250
Table 12-58, Backup Settings ..................................................................................................... 252
Table 12-59, Cameras Controls .................................................................................................. 256
Table 12-60, Schedules ............................................................................................................... 258
Table 12-61, Schedule Dialogue ................................................................................................. 261
Table 12-62, Schedule Error Dialogue ....................................................................................... 263
Table 12-63, Recording Mode Buttons ....................................................................................... 266
Table 12-64, Schedule Manual Editing Controls ........................................................................ 267
Table 12-65, Log File Specification ........................................................................................... 278
Table 12-66, Logging Settings .................................................................................................... 279
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
Salient Systems Corporation CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Table 12-67, Log File Specification ........................................................................................... 281
Table 12-68, Stream Properties ................................................................................................... 282
Table 12-69, Filter Log ............................................................................................................... 282
Table 12-70, Configurations Load Buttons ................................................................................ 284
Table 13-1, Servers Menu Items ................................................................................................. 330
Table 13-2, Cameras Window Controls ...................................................................................... 337
Table 13-3, View Container Menu Items ................................................................................... 340
Table 13-4, View Object Menu Items ......................................................................................... 343
Table 13-5, View Layout General Settings ................................................................................. 351
Table 13-6, View Layout Edit Controls ...................................................................................... 353
Table 13-7, Map General Settings Controls .............................................................................. 363
Table 13-8, Map Edit Window Controls..................................................................................... 367
Table 14-1, Change Directory Command ................................................................................... 373
Table 14-2, CompleteView Server Executable Images .............................................................. 373
Table 14-3, MainServer Command Line Arguments ................................................................. 378
Table 14-4, MainServer Unregister Command ........................................................................... 379
Table 14-5, MainServer Register Command .............................................................................. 380
Table 14-6, CompleteView™ HTTP Command Format ............................................................ 405
Table 14-7, CompleteView™ HTTP Command Variables ........................................................ 405
Table 14-8, CompleteView™ HTTP Command Actions ........................................................... 405
Table 14-9, Event Recipient Parameters ..................................................................................... 407
Table 14-10, Action Rule Parameters ......................................................................................... 409
Table 14-11, Action Rule Parm1 settings ................................................................................... 411
Table 14-12, Action Rule Parm2 settings ................................................................................... 411
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 1
1. About This Manual
Scope
This manual provides information related to the software installation, configuration and maintenance of the CompleteView™ Video Management System software.
Audience
The CompleteView™ Administrator User Manual is for end‐user personnel who are responsible for the installation, configuration, daily operation and maintenance of Salient’s
CompleteView™ Video Management System.
This manual assumes that the reader is familiar with the operation and administration of
Microsoft® Windows desktop/server operating systems and networking technologies as well as the various hardware components needed to support networked hardware and software operation.
Document Conventions
This manual adheres to a set of style and format conventions designed to convey information consistently, clearly, and as briefly as possible.
Typographical Conventions
This manual adheres to certain typographical conventions that attach specific meaning to typefaces and styles used in explanations and procedures.
Table 1‐1 below enumerates the typographical conventions found throughout this document.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Item Convention
Acronyms
All uppercase. Usually spelled out on first use
P a g e | 2
Explanation/Example
Video Management System (VMS)
Book/Document titles
Chapter/Section titles
Title caps, italic. See the Video Client User Guide
Title caps, in quotation marks.
See Section 7, “Connecting To
CompleteView™ Servers."
Command‐line commands and
Mandatory arguments
Command‐line command argument, variable parameters
All lowercase, bold.
Bold in braces.
dir /w
where:
dir = command
/w = mandatory argument
Command‐line command optional arguments
All lowercase, bold in brackets.
copy /a [/v] where:
copy = command
/a = mandatory argument
[/v] = optional argument
AdminService /register /port{n}
where:
AdminService = command
/register = argument
/port{n} = argument
{n} = variable parameter
Dialog box options
Dialog box titles
Bold in brackets.
Bold.
Click [Next] to continue
The Feature Keys dialogue box.
Directory names
Emphasis or new words
Initial capitalization; camel case can be used for readability
\\Completeview\video
\\ CompleteView\Video
Italic
CompleteView™ incorporates both client and server components
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Item Convention
Error message strings
File names
Folder and directory names
Menu names
Sentence case capitalization
Explanation/Example
File not found.
P a g e | 3
Title case; camel casing can be used for readability.
Filename.doc
FileName.doc
Bold in procedures; regular font elsewhere
Bold, title case
Open the CompleteView folder.
\\CompleteView\Video\arcive
Open the Server Configuration
Menu
Parameters
Program names
URLs
Windows, named
Windows, unnamed
Windows, tab names
Italics in braces
Title case
Lowercase
Title case
Right click {Selected Server} to open the Server Configuration
Menu
CompleteView Admin Client http://www.salientsys.com
Server Configuration Window
Lowercase untitled
Bold in angle brackets.
Open the Server Configuration window <General> tab.
Table 1‐1, Typographical Conventions
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Reader Alerts
Reader alerts notify the reader of supplementary and essential information.
P a g e | 4
Alert Meaning
Note
Alerts the reader to useful supplementary information
Important
Alerts the reader to essential information
Caution
Warning
Alerts the reader to potential misconfiguration, data loss, security issues, or other more serious problems
Warns the reader that failure to take or avoid a specific action might result in malfunction of the hardware or software
Table 1‐2, Reader Alerts
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Screenshots
Screenshots illustrate explanations and procedures. Where used, screenshot illustrations conform to the format shown.
P a g e | 5
STEP‐1
<‐ Optional Heading
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration
<‐ Navigation Trail
<‐ Screenshot
Click [Configure Servers]
<‐ Description or User Direction
Figure 1‐1, Sample Screenshot
The Optional Heading may be included to describe the relationship between multiple related screenshots such as in a step‐by‐step procedure.
The Navigation Trail depicts the sequence of mouse‐clicks taken to arrive at the presented screenshot.
Screenshot is the subject screenshot being presented to the reader.
Description or User Direction may be used to provide a description of the screenshot presented or direct the reader to perform an action.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Illustrations
P a g e | 6
Illustrations are used throughout this manual to depict explanations and procedures.
Where used, illustrations conform to the format shown.
Management Connections <‐ Optional Heading
<‐ Image
Figure 1‐2, Sample Drawing Image
The Optional Heading may be included to provide an image title or brief description.
Image is the subject drawing or picture being presented to the reader.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Command Line Examples
P a g e | 7
Some procedures described in this manual must be performed at the command line prompt within a Windows® Command Shell. Example Command Line entries will be provided where needed. When provided command line examples will conform to the format shown.
Command Line Example Format
Command Line Prompt
Command
C:/Program Files/CompleteView> AdminService /register [/port {n}]
Figure 1‐3, Command Line Example Format
The Command Line Prompt portion of each example depicts the prompt that should be visible to the user in the active Command Shell window.
The Command portion of each example depicts the command and arguments that should be input by the user.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Windows® Shell Command Line Interpreter
P a g e | 8
Figure 1‐4, Windows(R) CLI Shell
Unless otherwise specified, command line procedures must be performed from within the CompleteView™ installation directory. To navigate to the
CompleteView™ installation directory enter the command:
C:\..\..\<WindowsDefaultDirectory> cd ..\..\Program Files\<YourDirectory>
Where: <YourDirectory> =
The CompleteView™ installation directory name, <CompleteView> by default
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Acronyms and Abbreviations
CV
DC
EIA
GPO
GUI
GUID
ID
Acronym
AD
API
AV
CAM
CLI
COM
NAS
PIO
PTZ
RFC
RS
IETF
IO or I/O
IP
IPsec
LAN
MMC
RTP
RTCP
RTSP
Meaning
Active Directory
Application Programming Interface
Audio Video
Camera
Command Line Interpreter
Communication
CompleteView™
Domain Controller
Electronic Industries Association
Group Policy Object
Graphical User Interface
Globally Unique IDentifier
IDentifier
Internet Engineering Task Force
Input/Output
Internet Protocol
Internet Protocol security
Local Area Network
Microsoft® Management Console
Network Attached Storage
Parallel Input Output
Pan Tilt Zoom camera control
Request For Comment
Recommended Standard
Real Time Protocol
Real Time Control Protocol
Real Time Streaming Protocol
Salient Systems Corporation
P a g e | 9
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Acronym Meaning
SMTP
TCP
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
Transmission Control Protocol
UDP
UNC
User Datagram Protocol
Universal Naming Convention
USB
VB
VMS
WAN
XML
Universal Serial Bus
Visual Basic
Video Management System
Wide Area Network eXtensible Markup Language
Table 1‐3, Acronyms and Abbreviations
P a g e | 10
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 11
2. System Requirements
CompleteView™ Client Requirements
Client operating system minimum requirements:
Microsoft Windows (32 Bit) 7 or later
Microsoft Windows (64 Bit) Windows 7 or later
Microsoft DirectX 9.0 or later
Client hardware minimum requirements:
Core 2 Duo 2.0 GHz or faster
2 Gigabytes (GB) of system memory
10/100/1000 Ethernet Controller
A graphics accelerator with a minimum of 256MB of video memory
CompleteView™ Server Requirements
Server operating system minimum requirements, Gen I analog video cards:
Microsoft Windows (32 Bit) Server 2008 or later
Microsoft DirectX 9.0 or later
Server operating system minimum requirements, Gen II analog video cards:
Microsoft Windows (64 Bit) 7 / Server 2008
Microsoft DirectX 9.0 or later
Server operating system minimum requirements, IP Camera only:
Microsoft Windows (32 Bit) 7 or later / Server 2008 or later
Microsoft Windows (64 Bit) 7 / Server 2008 or later
Microsoft DirectX 9.0 or later
Server hardware minimum requirements:
Intel Pentium 4 CPU, 2.0 Gigahertz (GHz) or faster
1.0 Gigabyte (GB) of system memory
One PCI 2.1 expansion slot per each Gen I Fusion4 video capture card
One PCI‐e X1 expansion slot per each Gen I Fusion4‐e video capture card
One PCI‐e expansion slot per each Gen II video capture card
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 12
3. VMS System Functional Overview
In its simplest form, the Video Management System consists of Cameras, Video Servers and
Video Clients.
Cameras generate video streams. Servers accept video streams as input, perform video stream processing, record video, and make live and recorded video available to video clients. Clients present live and recorded video from servers to end‐users.
In practice, the CompleteView™ VMS integrates a broad field of off‐the‐shelf and core technologies that provide the end‐user comprehensive video management capabilities.
VMS Block Diagram
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 3‐1, VMS Simplified Block Diagram
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 13
Cameras and end‐devices are primarily responsible for providing video streams to VMS servers. There are two fundamental types of camera:
Analog Cameras
Network (aka IP) Cameras
Analog cameras provide analog video signals directly to video encoder cards installed in the
CompleteView™ server. Communications with analog cameras, such as for Pan‐Tilt‐Zoom
(PTZ) control, are accomplished using a separate serial communications channel.
Network cameras connect to the CompleteView™ server via an IP network. Network cameras provide digital video streams and perform all control communications via standard network interfaces.
CompleteView™ server video encoder cards and network cameras produce digital video streams that conform to one of several standard video streaming protocols and compression formats. These digital video streams are received and processed by the
CompleteView™ server Stream Processing software.
Many network cameras also incorporate advanced capabilities, including:
Embedded Web Server
Edge Storage
Event/Alarm Triggering
Network cameras typically employ an embedded web server to provide user access to camera configuration settings as well as direct user access to camera video via the network.
Edge Storage provides camera video recording to an onboard device or other Network
Attached Storage (NAS) solution.
Event/Alarm triggering provides event‐based notifications from cameras or other stand‐ alone network attached general‐purpose I/O devices.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 14
CompleteView™ Servers accept video input from cameras, perform video stream processing, discrete camera recording, and make live and recorded video available to
CompleteView™ clients.
Digital video streams are input to the CompleteView™ server in one of several compression formats:
MPEG4
MJPEG
H.264
CompleteView™ performs Stream Processing on the input video to provide advanced functionality including:
Server Motion Detection
Timestamp Overlay
Camera Name Overlay
Stream Properties Overlay
Dynamic Resolution Scaling
Dynamic Frame Throttling
Dynamic Video Decoding
Video Transcoding or Recompression
Camera Previews
Video Analytics
Email Notifications
Processed video streams are then made available for live streaming to video clients and per‐ camera video recording.
Video recording occurs according to a user‐defined recording plan that is scheduled on a per‐camera basis.
The CompleteView™ server makes live and recorded video streams available to clients via the CV Client Service provided on the network interface, TCP port 4242, as well as the CV
Web Client on port range 4502‐4534.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 15
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 16
CompleteView™ Clients present camera video to end users. The CompleteView™ Client organizes camera video into pre‐defined View Layouts. View Layouts are organized on a per user basis via Users and Groups or on a per location basis via Zones and Sites.
Each View Layout contains a set of viewing tiles and each viewing tile contains a live or recorded video stream.
CompleteView™ clients access video on a per‐camera basis from one or more servers on the network. To the client, each server represents a set of cameras. When a user logs on to the client and loads a view layout, the view layout automatically accesses each server as needed in order to present the appropriate video streams.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
4. VMS System Network Communications
P a g e | 17
The CompleteView™ Video Management System relies upon Microsoft® Windows® client/server network services to accomplish communications between system components. CompleteView™ servers use a set of well‐known network ports and protocols to communicate with client systems and with other servers over the network. The ports and protocols servers use to communicate with IP cameras vary according to camera manufacturer and model. Nonetheless, most cameras adhere to one or more industry standard video compression and streaming protocols that provide streaming services on well‐known ports or dynamic port ranges.
Network Communications
Figure 4‐1, VMS Network Communications
Firewall appliances, host‐based firewalls, and Internet Protocol security (IPsec) filters are important components that must be implemented to secure a network. However, if these technologies are configured to block ports or application protocols used to provide a
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 18 specific service such as video streaming, that service will no longer be available in response to client requests.
When planning a VMS network, it is imperative to ensure that network security requirements are harmonized with system functional requirements. Protocol and firewall requirements should be audited for each workstation and server in the system. IPsec filters and firewall exceptions should be carefully configured to ensure that all needed protocols and ports are available to every network member and, more importantly, that only needed protocols and ports are allowed.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
5. CompleteView™ VMS Software Suite, Overview
Figure 5-1, CompleteView Software Suite
CV Server Suite Components
The CompleteView™ Server Suite consists of the listed components below:
1. The CompleteView™ Server
2. The CompleteView™ Config Server
3. The CompleteView™ Administrative Service
4. The CompleteView™ Video Proxy
P a g e | 19
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 20
CompleteView™ Server is the core of the CompleteView software suite. CompleteView
Server runs on the server hardware platform as a Microsoft® Windows® service, and is responsible for all aspects of video management including capture, storage, retrieval, analysis, and streaming.
CompleteView™ Config Server is a centralized database containing the viewing layouts for every user in an enterprise. In addition to the benefits offered by centralized storage and organization of these configurations, it also grants users the ability to roam to any computer in the enterprise on which the CompleteView Client is installed, while retaining individualized viewing layouts.
The CompleteView™ Administrator enables out‐of‐band management of the CompleteView
Server system service. This application is required to remotely start and stop the
CompleteView Server, and perform remote updates of the CompleteView software suite.
The Administrator application is installed automatically when the CompleteView Server component in the setup program is selected.
The CompleteView™ Video Proxy is a service that enables CompleteView™ Web Client users to view cameras and recorded video from multiple CompleteView servers in one interface. The Video Proxy acts as a single server location to which Web Client users can connect for CompleteView access.
CV Client Suite Components
The CompleteView™ Client Suite consists of the listed components below:
1. The CompleteView™ Video Client
2. The CompleteView™ Alarm Client
3. The CompleteView™ Web Client
4. CV Spotlight
5. The CompleteView™ Admin Console
6. The CompleteView™ System Configuration Utility
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 21
The CompleteView™ Video Client is a Windows application installed on user workstations that offers users a simple yet powerful interface for performing complex video surveillance tasks.
Primary Features
Provide for the selection and viewing of live video and audio streams.
Organization of live video sources into an unlimited number of logically organized Viewing Layouts.
Display of camera locations on hyperlinked maps.
Searching among archived video for event recordings based upon the following criteria: server, camera, start‐date/time, end‐date/time and event
type.
Smart Search performs searches on archived video to determine if motion has occurred at an earlier point in time. Smart Search accomplishes this by using video motion detection algorithms on previously recorded video events.
Time‐synchronized playback of video events from up to four video sources.
Exporting standardized video files to CD and DVD recordable optical discs.
Acquisition and export of still images as JPEG, uncompressed BMP or through evidence identification printouts.
Manipulation of PTZ controllable cameras.
The CompleteView™ Alarm Client is a black‐screen video client application. The user configures the application to monitor alarm events on one or more servers. Based upon user‐configurable monitoring schedules, live video will then be displayed when an alarm event occurs. The user can also quickly review the recorded video event in a side‐by‐side view with live video from the alarmed camera.
The CompleteView™ Web Client is a multi‐browser compatible web interface for
CompleteView. CompleteView Web Client allows for live video display, Pan Tilt & Zoom, audio, and lighting control, as well as playback and exportation of recorded video from most
Microsoft Silverlight™ compatible browsers without installing and managing a client software application.
CV SpotLight monitors alarm and motion events from selected cameras and displays video on event. CV SpotLight can be used standalone or in conjunction with other CompleteView
Client applications. Used as a standalone client, the CV SpotLight provides a means of
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 22 monitoring cameras without the need for a dedicated screen. Used with other
CompleteView clients, the CV SpotLight adds pop up video alerts, and sound alerts on event to the CompleteView Video or Alarm Clients.
The CompleteView™ Admin Console is a Windows application that gives the administrator a tool to monitor the overall health, individual camera status, video archive usage and status, and other elements of every CompleteView server in the enterprise. This tool is also used to perform individual or group updates of the CompleteView software suite on selected servers. In version 46, multiple servers can be configured within one Console session. The servers appear as separate nodes in the left hand pane as they are opened.
In order to monitor a server, it must be running version 2.0 or later of the CompleteView
Server application. In addition, to perform remote software updates or control the running state of the service, the CompleteView Administrative Service must be installed and operational.
The CompleteView™ System Configuration is a Windows application that allows administrators to configure every aspect of the video management system.
When used in conjunction with the CompleteView Config Server and the CompleteView
Admin Console, the administrator can perform true single‐seat administration of virtually every aspect of the video surveillance infrastructure.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 23
6. Microsoft® Windows® Integration
The CompleteView™ video management system fully integrates with Microsoft® Windows® operating systems and networking technologies.
The CompleteView™ system is available in both 32‐bit and 64‐bit versions. See Section 2,
“System Requirements,” for compatibility and system requirements.
CompleteView™ client and utility programs are Windows® applications that run in the foreground, and incorporate a Graphical User Interface (GUI) to provide user interaction with the system.
CompleteView™ server programs are Windows® system services that run in the background, do not incorporate a GUI, and whose primary purpose is to service requests from client and utility programs.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
CompleteView™ Windows® Applications
P a g e | 24
CompleteView™ client and administrative programs run in the foreground as Microsoft®
Windows® applications.
Client and administrative programs provide a graphical user interface that enable the user to access and interact with VMS system resources and services.
CompleteView™ Windows® Applications
Icon Name Type Description
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Utility Enables configuration of all system elements.
Provides status & health monitoring for all critical system elements and events
Admin
Console
Admin
Console
Utility
Server GUI
Server GUI Utility
Provides status & health monitoring for cameras configured on a single‐server.
Video Client
Video Client VMS Client
Provides dedicated video and audio monitoring, playback and control.
Alarm Client
Alarm Client VMS Client
Provides scheduled alarm‐driven video monitoring, playback and control.
CV Spotlight
CV Spotlight VMS Client
Provides alarm‐driven video monitoring, playback and control.
CV Web
Client
CV Web Client VMS Client
Provides browser‐based live/recorded video display, export, and camera control.
Table 6‐1, CompleteView Applications
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 25
CompleteView™, Windows
®
System Services
CompleteView™ server components run in the background as Windows® System Services.
Generally, services provide core operating system features, such as Web serving, event logging, file serving, help and support, printing, cryptography, and error reporting. Services do not incorporate a GUI, and load automatically as part of application or operating system startup processes.
During installation, CompleteView™ automatically configures server services to start automatically as part of the operating system startup process. Their primary purpose is to service requests received via the Windows® TCP/IP service from CompleteView client and utility programs.
Services do not incorporate an application GUI, but they do have a set of properties that are configurable from the Services Snap‐in in the Windows® Computer Management Console.
CompleteView™ Windows® System Services
Icon Description
CompleteView Server
CompleteView main server
CompleteView
Administrative Service
Provides main server remote control and remote software updates.
CompleteView
Configuration Server
User viewing layout profile, central database.
CompleteView
Video Proxy
Permits CompleteView Web Client users to view cameras from multiple CompleteView™ servers in one interface. The
Video Proxy acts as a single server location to which Web
Client users can connect for CompleteView™ access.
Salient Systems Corporation
Table 6‐2, CompleteView System Services
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
From the Computer Management Console:
1. Start and stop CompleteView™ services.
2. Modify service properties.
P a g e | 26
Accessing CompleteView™ Windows® System Services
CompleteView™ server service properties can be viewed controlled and modified using the Services Snap‐in in the Windows® Computer Management Console.
From the Computer Management Console Services Snap‐in:
1. Start and stop CompleteView™ services.
2. Modify service properties.
To start Computer Management on the local computer:
Windows XP, Windows Server 2003:
Click Start, and select Control Panel. Click Performance and Maintenance, click
Administrative Tools, and then double‐click Computer Management.
Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows Server 2008:
Click Start, and select Control Panel. Click System and Security, click Administrative
Tools, and then double‐click Computer Management.
The Computer Management console for the local computer is displayed.
The Computer Management console consists of a window divided into three panes.
The left pane contains the console tree, the middle pane contains details, and the right pane contains an action tree related to the item currently selected in the console tree.
“Computer Management (Local)" is displayed at the root of the console tree.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 27
When an item in the console tree is clicked, information about that item is displayed in the details pane. The information displayed is specific to the item selected in the console tree. In the console tree, expand System Tools, Storage, or Services and
Applications to view the tools and services in each of these containers.
To access CompleteView™ services in the Computer Management Console:
1. In the console tree, expand Services and Applications then click Services.
2. The details pane will display a list of all currently installed system services and status information for each service. The Actions pane will display the action tree related to the currently selected service.
3. To select a service, double‐click the target service in the details pane.
For example, double‐click CompleteView™ Server. A properties dialogue box for the selected service will appear.
Service Properties Dialogue
Start>Control Panel>System and Security>Computer Management>Services>CompleteView Server
Salient Systems Corporation
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Click [OK] to effect changes
Figure 6‐1, Service Properties Dialogue
P a g e | 28
The Service Properties dialogue <General> tab enables the System Administrator to manually stop or start a service and to configure the service startup type.
The Service Properties dialogue <Log On> tab allows the System Administrator to specify the service log on account. The service log on account determines service access permission to resources and objects on the operating system.
The Service Properties dialogue <Recovery> tab allows the System Administrator to specify how the service will behave in the event of a failure.
The Service Properties dialogue <Dependencies> tab lists the service dependencies.
The present service will fail to run if a service it depends on is not running and a dependent service will fail if the present service is not running.
Typically, Windows® system services are configured as automatic, manual, or disabled:
An automatic service starts automatically when the operating system starts.
A service can be started manually by using the Computer Management
Console, Services snap‐in.
A manual service can also be started by a related operating system service, a system device driver, or an action in the user interface that depends on the manual service.
A disabled service cannot be started automatically or manually. To start a disabled service, select an appropriate startup type.
By default, CompleteView™ server services are configured as automatic, having local system account permissions.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Default Settings for CompleteView™ Services
Product Startup Type Log on as
CompleteView Server
Automatic Local system account
CompleteView
Administrative Service
Automatic Local system account
CompleteView
Configuration Server
Automatic Local system account
CompleteView
Video Proxy
Automatic Local system account
Table 6‐3, CompleteView Services Default Settings
Modifying CompleteView™ Services, default settings can cause VMS system malfunction.
P a g e | 29
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
CompleteView™, Active Directory® Connector
P a g e | 30
CompleteView™ systems deployed on a Microsoft® domain network can be integrated with the network Active Directory (AD) directory service in order to simplify user/group management, and to facilitate user authentication.
Microsoft® Active Directory is a distributed directory service that enables secure, centralized management of the entire network. AD is a central repository of information and integrated services that provide the means to manage network resources including users, services, and devices. AD is installed on a Windows® network server that is configured for the Domain Controller (DC) role.
AD Authentication
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 6‐2, Active Directory Authentication
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 31
The CompleteView™ Active Directory® Connector allows the System Administrator to define
CompleteView™ users, groups, and permissions as part of the Windows® domain controller
Active Directory users/groups schema. In this way, Active Directory® Connector eliminates the need to manually maintain identical user/group configurations across multiple
CompleteView™ servers in a system. User/group configurations are maintained in a central location as part of the AD schema, and user authentication is performed by CompleteView™ servers against user credentials stored in the network Domain Controller Active Directory.
When implemented, an Active Directory® Connector can only be deployed within a single domain.
When using Active Directory® Connector, all CompleteView™ workstation and server computers must be members of the domain.
Active Directory integration is a feature of CompleteView™ Enterprise edition only.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Windows® Firewall
P a g e | 32
Windows Firewall is a built‐in, host‐based, stateful firewall included as part of all Microsoft®
Windows operating systems beginning with Windows XP Service Pack 2, and Windows
Server 2003 with Service Pack 1.
Windows Firewall drops incoming network transport layer (UDP/TCP) traffic that does not correspond to pending requests (solicited traffic) or unsolicited traffic that has not been specified as a Firewall exception to be allowed.
In Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008,
Windows Firewall can also be configured to block outgoing traffic.
By default, Windows Firewall blocks all unsolicited traffic for server, peer, or listener applications and services. Therefore, Firewall exceptions must be configured in order for the
CompleteView™ VMS to function properly. The exact list of exceptions needed for an individual system will differ depending upon the system configuration, CompleteView™ options, cameras deployed, and third party extensions installed. Care must be taken to ensure that all needed Firewall exceptions are defined and more importantly, that only
needed exceptions are defined.
Mandatory Firewall Exceptions
CompleteView™ VMS requires that a mandatory set of firewall exceptions be defined.
CompleteView™ Mandatory Firewall Exceptions
Port
4242
4243
4255
Protocol Description
TCP CV Data
TCP CV Command (RPC)
TCP CV Admin Service
Table 6‐4, Mandatory CV Firewall Exceptions
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Optional Firewall Exceptions
P a g e | 33
Depending upon system configuration, additional CV firewall exceptions may be required.
CompleteView™ Optional Firewall Exceptions
Port
4250
4502‐
4534
8080
25
Protocol Description
TCP CV Config Service
TCP CV Web Client
TCP CV Web Service
SMTP CV Email Notifications
Table 6‐5, Optional CV Firewall Exceptions
Camera Firewall Exceptions
Additional firewall exceptions are required in order to enable communication with all cameras in the system. These will vary according to the manufacturer and model of specific cameras. Some common ports used by camera protocols are listed below. For specific details about individual cameras, refer to the camera manufacturer documentation.
Common Camera Firewall Exceptions
Port
554
Protocol Description
TCP Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP)
554
UDP Real Time Streaming Protocol, Unreliable (RTSPU)
6970‐7225
UDP RTP/RTCP session pool (generic stream implementation)
Table 6‐6, Common Camera Firewall Exceptions
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Alarm Device and Other Exceptions
P a g e | 34
Networked alarm devices and other third party extensions to the CompleteView™
VMS may also require Firewall Exceptions in order to communicate with the
CompleteView™ system. For specific details about individual devices, refer to the documentation provided by the device manufacturer.
For specific details about integrating a third‐party product with CompleteView®, refer to the relevant product Integration Guide.
About Configuring Windows Firewall Exceptions
In order for CompleteView™ to function properly, firewall exceptions must be configured on individual servers and workstations connected to the network.
Firewall policy and firewall configuration on individual machines is integral to network‐wide security, as well as essential to application operability.
In a Windows® domain network, best practice urges that firewall configurations for domain members (individual server and workstation computers) be implemented through Active Directory Group Policy Objects (GPO). In this way, firewall configurations are centrally managed and automatically distributed to each domain member every time it establishes a network session.
For detailed information about Firewall and IPsec Policy deployments in Windows®
Networks, refer to “Windows Firewall and IPsec Policy Deployment Step‐by‐Step
Guide” http://technet.microsoft.com/en‐us/library/cc732400.aspx
, Microsoft® online resource.
For complete information about Windows Firewall technologies, refer to “Network
and Access Technologies, Windows Firewall” http://technet.microsoft.com/en‐ us/network/bb545423.aspx
, Microsoft® online resource.
In some instances, it may be desirable to manually configure the host‐based
Windows® Firewall on each machine.
In Windows® XP, individual firewalls are configured by accessing Firewall from the Windows Security Center.
In Windows® Server 2003, individual firewalls are configured by accessing
Firewall from the Windows® Control Panel.
In Windows® 7, Server 2008 and Server 2012 individual firewalls are configured by defining local firewall policy rules via the “Windows Firewall
with Advanced Security”, MMC snap‐in.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Configure Firewall Exceptions
P a g e | 35
This procedure creates individual firewall exceptions for all CompleteView™ mandatory ports and any needed optional ports.
Applies to Windows® XP and Windows® Server 2003.
Start Windows Firewall:
Windows® Server 2003:
1. Click Start, point to Control Panel, and then click Windows Firewall.
Windows® XP:
1. Click Start, click Control Panel, click Security Center then click Windows Firewall.
2. Click the Windows Firewall <Exceptions> tab
3. Click [Add Port]. The Add a Port dialogue will appear.
4. Enter the CompleteView™ port number and application name, click [OK].
5. Repeat step 3 and 4 for each CompleteView™ mandatory port and any needed optional port.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Start>Control Panel>{Security Center}>Windows Firewall><Exceptions>
P a g e | 36
Click [Add Port] Enter {Port number} and {Name}, click [OK]
Add Exception for each required port
Figure 6‐3, Configure Firewall Exception
Configure Windows® Firewall with Advanced Security
This procedure uses the Firewall with Advanced Security MMC snap‐in to create a single firewall policy rule that permits all CompleteView™ communications.
Applies to Windows® 7, Windows® Server 2008 and Windows® Server 2008 (R2)
Start the Firewall with Advanced Security MMC snap‐in:
Windows® 7 or Windows® Server 2008 (R2):
1. Click Start, click Control Panel, in Control Panel, click System and Security.
2. Click Administrative Tools at the bottom of the screen.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 37
3. Double‐click Windows Firewall with Advanced Security, the Firewall with
Advanced Security MMC snap‐in will appear. See Error! Reference source not
found..
1. Click Start, click Control Panel, in Control Panel click System and
Maintenance.
2. Click Administrative Tools at the bottom of the screen.
3. Double‐click Windows Firewall with Advanced Security, the Firewall with
Advanced Security MMC snap‐in will appear. See Error! Reference source not
found..
5. In the Firewall with Advanced Security Actions Pane, click New Rule. The
New Inbound Rule Wizard will appear.
6. Complete the New Inbound Rule Wizard, Step‐1 through Step‐5. See Table
6‐7 through Table 6‐9.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
New Inbound Rule Wizard
Step‐1
Rule Type
P a g e | 38
Select Port to apply rule to inbound traffic on specified CompleteView™ ports.
Step‐2
Protocol and Ports
Select Port, Click [Next]
Select TCP to apply rule only to inbound TCP protocol traffic on specified CompleteView™ ports.
Specify Completeview™ ports where:
4242 = CV Data
4243 = CV Command
4250 = CV Config Server
4255 = CV Admin Service
4502‐4534 = CV Web Server
Select {TCP}, Specify {local ports}, Click [Next]
Table 6‐7, Inbound Rule Wizard Steps 1 & 2
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
New Inbound Rule Wizard
Step‐3
Action
P a g e | 39
Select Allow the connection to permit specified traffic on specified ports.
Step‐4
Profile
Select Allow the connection, Click [Next]
Select Domain or Private as appropriate for the network configuration.
Select Domain or Private, Click [Next]
Table 6‐8, Inbound Rule Wizard Steps 3 & 4
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
New Inbound Rule Wizard
Name
Enter a Name and optional
Description for the rule.
Click [Finish].
Enter {Name}, Click [Finish]
Table 6‐9, Inbound Rule Wizard Step 5
P a g e | 40
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Firewall with advanced security snap‐in
Actions Pane, Click New Rule
Figure 6‐4, MS Firewall with advanced security snap‐in
P a g e | 41
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 42
7. Connecting To CompleteView™ Servers
In order to perform system configuration and maintenance tasks, it is necessary for the
System Administrator to connect to and interact with CompleteView server processes.
Server processes run as Microsoft® Windows® system services, and therefore do not incorporate a native Graphical User Interface (GUI). The CompleteView VMS includes utility programs that incorporate a GUI and communicate with server processes via Windows® native TCP/IP interfaces, thereby enabling system configuration and maintenance.
Figure 7‐1, Server Management Connections
Utility programs connect to server processes via the standard TCP/IP network services provided by Microsoft® operating systems. Utility programs may address server processes running on the local machine (the same computer), or they may address server processes running on remote computers.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual P a g e | 43
Server processes running on the local machine are addressed using the localhost loopback address.
Briefly:
Localhost is a name that translates to a loopback IP address.
Internet standards dictate that loopback IP addresses must fall within the address block
127.0.0.0/8. Refer to IETF “Request for Comments (RFC) 5735” for details.
Most commercial TCP/IP protocol stack implementations resolve the name localhost to the IP address 127.0.0.1. IP address 127.0.0.1 is the de facto standard localhost address.
Microsoft® Windows® operating systems incorporate a TCP/IP protocol stack that by default translates the localhost name to IP address 127.0.0.1.
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 7‐2, Client Server Transmit Datagram Flow
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual P a g e | 44
All communications between CompleteView™ utility programs and server services are accomplished through the Microsoft® Windows® TCP/IP network service. It is a function of the network service to examine all datagram destination addresses and determine if individual datagrams are to be forwarded to the LAN, or looped back to the local machine.
When a datagram is looped back, it is treated by the network service just as if received from the LAN. In this way, there is no distinction to the CompleteView™ software between loopback datagrams and datagrams received from across the network. The Windows®
TCP/IP interface makes such communication details completely transparent to
CompleteView™ client and server processes.
In order to connect with CompleteView™ servers anywhere in the network, a System
Administrator need only know the target server IP address and have valid credentials for an administrator user account on that server. If localhost or any other loopback address is specified, the Windows® network service automatically establishes loopback connections.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual P a g e | 45
Connect To Server Dialog
CompleteView™ utility programs routinely connect with CompleteView™ servers as part of the configuration and maintenance tasks they perform. Whenever a utility program establishes its connection to a server, the System Administrator or User will be prompted with a Connect to Server dialogue box.
Connect To Server
<‐ Target server IP address
<‐Target server account Username
<‐Target server account Password
Click [OK] to logon
Figure 7‐3, Connect To Server Dialogue
In the Connect to Server dialogue box, input the requested information as follows:
Address Field ‐ input the IP address of the target server. The name localhost may be used.
Username Field ‐ input the valid username for an administrator account on the target server. The default username for localhost connections is admin.
Password Field ‐ input the valid password for an administrator account on the target server. The default password for localhost connections is <blank>.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual P a g e | 46
CompleteView™ Utility Programs
CompleteView™ utility programs provide the System Administrator with a graphical user interface and the means to interact with server services in order to configure, maintain and monitor CompleteView™ systems.
Utility Programs
Icon Program Description
System
Configuration
System
Configuration Tool
Enables configuration of all system elements, user accounts and user‐specific viewing layouts on
CompleteView™ servers and video clients
Admin Console
Server GUI
Admin Console
Provides status & health monitoring for all critical system elements and events.
Provides user indications, logging and email alerts for system events and fault conditions.
Supports server software updates.
Server GUI
Automatically installed along with each
CompleteView™ server .
Provides status & health monitoring for cameras configured to the attendant server.
Provides user indications and logging for events and fault conditions.
Table 7‐1, CompleteView Utility Programs
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 47
8. CompleteView™ License Management
CompleteView™ systems are licensed on a per camera basis.
In a deployed system, the CompleteView™ licensing schema requires camera licenses to be allocated among CompleteView™ servers.
Each server is provisioned with a License Key.
Every License Key incorporates a set of Feature Keys.
The Feature Keys within a License Key enable the set of cameras allocated to that server.
The Feature Keys within an individual server License Key also enable any other
VMS capabilities or features allocated to that server.
Typically, all servers in a system incorporate a uniform set of capabilities and features, but each manages a different group of cameras
In a system that employs a single server as shown in Figure 8‐1 below, all cameras and features are maintained in a single License Key located at the server.
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 8‐1, Single Server License Model
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 48
When properly configured, the server configuration agrees with the set of cameras and features contained in the License Key, and all client configurations agree with the server configuration.
In a system that employs multiple servers as shown in Figure 8‐2 below, the cameras and features included in the system are maintained in multiple license keys where one license key is allocated per server.
Figure 8‐2, Multi‐Server License Model
In this scenario, for each server, the set of cameras and features contained in its License Key agrees with its own configuration. In addition, client configurations must agree with the sum of server configurations.
In a multiple server system, all servers should incorporate the same set of VMS features, but each will manage a different set of cameras.
IP Camera Feature Keys can be moved between servers.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 49
CompleteView™ License keys
Every server in a CompleteView™ VMS System must be provisioned with a License Key. The server License Key includes Feature Keys for IP Cameras managed by that server, as well as
Feature Keys to enable system‐wide functionality common to all servers in the system.
CompleteView Server software License and Feature Keys are stored in an encrypted format and distributed as either a ‘Hardware’ or ‘Software’ key.
CompleteView Server v2.0 and v3.x installations require a hardware license key.
CompleteView v4.x and later use a software license key.
Hardware License Keys are distributed in the form of a USB dongle that must be attached to each computer where the CompleteView Server software has been installed.
Software License Keys are distributed in the form of a license file named “cvserver.lic.” The cvserver.lic file must be located in the CompleteView™ installation directory on each server in the system.
Obtaining a Hardware License Key
Hardware License Keys are delivered along with the CompleteView™ software installation disks.
Simply insert the hardware License dongle into any unused USB port prior to installing the CompleteView™ Server Software.
Obtaining a Software License Key
Prior to version 4.5.1, software License Keys are obtained from Salient Systems after
CompleteView™ server software installation. In CompleteView v4.6 and later, software license keys are generated at the time of installation, are private, and cannot be transferred from one server to another.
Prior to server software installation, an email should be received from [email protected]
.
To obtain a software License key:
1. Install the CompleteView™ server software. This will generate a “Globally
Unique Identifier” (GUID) for the server installation.
2. Retrieve the server GUID.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 50
3. Reply to [email protected]
with the server GUID. [email protected]
will respond with an email having the file
‘cvserver.lic’ attached.
4. Receive the “cvserver.lic” license file from [email protected]
.
5. Save or copy the “cvserver.lic” license file to the CompleteView installation directory.
Retrieving the Server Product ID
The server Product ID is essential to generating server Licenses and Feature Keys.
Once a server software installation is complete, the server GUID can be accessed using the CompleteView Configuration Utility.
Connect to the target server:
1. Start the System Configuration Utility. Click Start and then click All
Programs. Next click CompleteView, double‐click System Configuration.
The configuration utility Select Task dialogue will appear.
2. Click [Configure Servers]. A Connect To Server dialogue will appear.
3. Input the IP address and valid credentials for an administrator account on that server. The localhost address and default account credentials may be used. Click [OK]. The CompleteView Server Configuration Console will appear.
4. In the Server Configurations console tree, mouse over and select the target server container. The details pane of the Server Configuration
Console will display a set of tabbed windows. Select the General tab.
5. Click [Feature Keys]. A ‘License Not Found’ dialog will appear.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
License Not Found
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>{selected server}>General>[Feature Keys]
P a g e | 51
The Product ID is displayed in the dialogue text box, click [Close]
Figure 8‐3 License Not Found Dialogue
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 52
Managing Feature Keys
Once a CompleteView™ system is operational, server License Keys may be modified by adding and removing Feature Keys, or by moving Feature Keys between servers. License keys will need to be modified in order to support system reconfiguration and upgrades.
Most often, License Keys are modified in order to add IP cameras to the system, remove IP cameras from the system, or, to move IP cameras between servers.
Accessing Feature Keys and Product ID
Every CompleteView server is provisioned with a License Key. Every License Key includes a Product ID that uniquely identifies the server installation and contains a set of Feature Keys.
Once a server software installation is complete and licensed, the server Product ID and
Feature Keys are accessed using the CompleteView Configuration Utility.
On the server computer where CompleteView™ is installed and licensed:
1. Start the System Configuration Utility; click [Configure Servers].
2. Logon to the LocalHost server
3. Navigate to the <General> tab
4. Click [Feature Keys]. A Feature Keys dialog box will appear.
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 8‐4 Feature Keys Dialogue
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 53
The Product ID is displayed in a shaded text box in the upper portion of the Feature
Keys dialogue. The Product ID can be highlighted and copied, but not modified.
The license Feature Keys are displayed in a scroll box in the lower portion of the
Feature Keys dialogue. Feature Keys can be selected with a mouse click. Once selected, Feature keys can be modified using the [Add], [Remove] or [Move] buttons beneath the Feature Key scroll box.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
STEP‐1
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration
P a g e | 54
STEP‐2
…>CompleteView>System Configuration>Server Configuration
Start the System Configuration Utility, select
Configure Servers button
STEP‐3
…>CompleteView>System Configuration>Server
Configuration>General
Log onto the localhost server
Result
…>CompleteView>System Configuration>Server
Configuration>General>Feature Keys
Select [Feature Keys] button
Access Product ID and Feature Keys
Figure 8-5 Access Feature keys
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 55
Adding Feature Keys
To add a Feature Key, navigate to the Feature Keys Dialogue box. (See section 0)
1.
In the Feature Keys dialogue, click [Add]. The Add Feature Key dialogue will appear.
2.
In the Add Feature Key dialogue, input the Feature Key & Validation Code if required, click [OK].
STEP‐1 STEP‐2
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Server Configuration>General>[Feature Keys]
Access the Feature Keys dialogue click [Add]
Input Feature Key information click [OK]
The Add Feature Key validation code is only required when moving feature keys between servers. New feature keys can be added to servers without a validation code.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 56
Removing Feature Keys
To remove a Feature Key, access the Feature Keys Dialogue box. (See section 0)
1.
In the Feature Keys dialogue, select the Feature Key to be removed. Click
[Remove].
2.
In the Question dialogue, click [Yes] or [No].
STEP-1 STEP-2
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Server Configuration>General>[Feature Keys]
Select Feature Key to be removed, click
[Remove]
Click [Yes] or [No]
Removing Feature Keys from a server License Key removes functionality from the server. The impact on the system configuration must be understood prior to modifying a server license or removing any feature key.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 57
Moving Camera Feature Keys
CompleteView™ systems are licensed on a per camera basis.
In a deployed system, the CompleteView™ licensing schema requires camera licenses to be allocated among CompleteView™ servers. At times, it may become necessary to re‐allocate the IP cameras in a system. To do so requires removing camera licenses from a source server and then adding them to a destination server.
Camera licenses are contained in Camera Feature Keys found in the CompleteView™
License Key provisioned at each server.
Moving Camera Licenses involves a process of removing Camera Licenses from the IP
Camera Feature Key at a source server and then adding those IP Camera Licenses to the IP Camera Feature Key to a server license key.
Moving Camera Feature Keys between Software License Keys
To move camera licenses between servers provisioned with software license keys contact Salient Systems Customer Support:
Customer Support
Address: 10801 N. MoPac Expressway
Building 3, Suite 700
Austin, TX 78759
Phone:
Email:
512‐617‐4802 [email protected]
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
9. Software Installation
P a g e | 58
CompleteView™ Installation Wizard
To install the CompleteView™ server software:
1. Insert the CompleteView installation CD into the CD‐DVD/ROM drive, and allow the CompleteView™ installer to run automatically,
‐OR‐
2. In the CompleteView™ installation CD root directory, double‐click the program file setup.exe.
The CompleteView™ Setup Wizard will launch.
Follow the instructions on the Welcome Dialogue screen and then click [Next] to continue.
The User Information dialogue box will appear.
INSTALLATION WIZARD STEP - 1
Welcome Dialogue
Salient Systems Corporation
Click [Next] to continue
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
INSTALLATION WIZARD STEP - 2
User Information
P a g e | 59
Click [Next] to continue
In the User Information dialogue box, enter the Name and Company information into the fields provided. Click [Next] to continue.
The Select Packages screen will appear.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
INSTALLATION WIZARD STEP ‐3
Select Packages
P a g e | 60
Select applications to install, then click [Next] to continue
The Select Packages dialogue determines which CompleteView™ applications will be installed.
Any combination of Client and Server applications may be selected. Features should be selected based on the computer’s intended role.
To setup a client workstation, select options under the Client Applications section.
To configure a CompleteView server, select Server Application options.
Click Next to continue, the Installation Folder dialogue box will appear.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
INSTALLATION WIZARD STEP ‐4
Installation Folder
P a g e | 61
Click [Next] to continue
The Installation Folder dialogue determines where CompleteView™ components will be installed. By default, CompleteView is installed in C:\Program
Files\CompleteView.
1. Specify the CompleteView™ installation folder.
2. Verify that the amount of available disk space exceeds the amount of disk
Space required.
3. Click [Next] to continue, the Shutting Down Applications dialogue will appear.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
INSTALLATION WIZARD STEP ‐5
Shutting Down Applications
P a g e | 62
Click [Next] to continue
The CompleteView™ Installation Wizard inspects the host system for installed and running CompleteView™ components. When discovered, running components are shut down and stopped as required.
When the Shutting Down Applications process is complete, click [Next] to continue.
The Shortcut Folder dialogue will appear.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
INSTALLATION WIZARD STEP -6
Shortcut Folder
P a g e | 63
Click [Next] to continue
Use the Shortcut Folder dialogue to specify the Windows® Start Menu folder where
CompleteView™ shortcut icons will be placed during installation.
1. Specify a CompleteView™ shortcut folder.
2. Click [Next] to continue.
The Ready to Install dialogue will appear.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
INSTALLATION WIZARD STEP ‐7
Ready To Install
P a g e | 64
Click [Next] to continue
The Ready To Install dialogue displays the user‐selected options that will be used to install CompleteView™.
1. Inspect and verify the selected installation options.
2. If necessary, use the [Back] button to return to previous dialogues and make changes.
3. Click [Next] to continue.
The Installing CompleteView™ dialogue will appear.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
INSTALLATION WIZARD STEP -8
Installing CompleteView™
P a g e | 65
Click [Cancel] to abort installation
The Installing CompleteView™ dialogue consists of two progress bars that indicate installation progress.
The upper progress bar indicates the installation progress for the individual component currently being installed.
The lower progress bar indicates overall installation progress.
1. Click [Cancel] to abort the installation.
‐OR‐
2. When the installation is complete, click [Next] to proceed
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
INSTALLATION WIZARD STEP -9
Device Driver Installation
P a g e | 66
Click [Next] to continue
The Device Driver Installation dialogue installs the driver software for
CompleteView™ analog video capture cards.
To install analog drivers click the appropriate [Install] button.
When installing Gen I capture card drivers, refer to Section “Installing Gen I
Capture Card Drivers.”
When installing Gen II capture card drivers, refer to Section “Installing Gen II
Capture Card Drivers.”
Once the appropriate analog capture card drivers have been installed or, if there are no analog capture cards in the system, click [Next] to proceed.
The Installation Successful dialogue will appear.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
INSTALLATION WIZARD STEP -10
Installation Successful
P a g e | 67
Click [Reboot] to restart the computer
The installation process is now complete.
If no errors were encountered, click [Reboot] to restart the computer.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Installing Gen I Capture Card Drivers
Select Your Video Standard
P a g e | 68
Select video format. Click [Next] to continue.
If the option to install Gen I capture card drivers was selected during Step‐9 of the
CompleteView™ Installation Wizard, the Select Your Video Standard dialogue will appear.
In the Select Your Video Standard Dialogue window, select the video format appropriate for the installation. Installations in North America require the NTSC format.
Click [Next] to continue, the driver installation will begin.
During installation, Windows® may prompt for confirmation to install each driver, there will be two drivers installed for each video port. For each prompt please click
“Continue Anyway.”
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Installing Gen II Capture Card Drivers
Windows Security
P a g e | 69
Click [Install]
If the option to install Gen II capture card drivers was selected during Step‐9 of the
CompleteView™ installation wizard, the Windows Security dialogue will appear.
Click [Install] to permit Gen II driver installation.
Gen II Driver Installation
Installing Gen II Driver Click [OK] to continue
The Gen II capture card drivers install automatically.
During installation, the Installing Driver message box appears. Upon completion, the
Driver Installed dialogue box appears. Click [OK] to complete installation.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
10. System Configuration
P a g e | 70
Configuring the CompleteView™ VMS involves setting parameters needed to establish proper relationships between system components, and configuration of system devices and their interfaces for proper operation.
Component Relationships
Video Server Managed Componenets
Figure 10‐1, VMS System Component Relationships
Video Client Managed
Compomnents
In the CompleteView™ system, every physical component is represented by a companion
Component (software) Object. Component Objects embody the particular attributes and parameters needed by each component for proper initialization and operation.
A system component and its attendant Component Object can relate to hardware devices such as cameras, system resources such as disk storage, application data such as View
Layouts, or networked resources such as video servers etc.
In general, system components can be categorized as edge devices, server subsystem components, and client subsystem components.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 71
Component objects are contained in CompleteView™ configuration files. There are two types of configuration file:
Server configuration files contain the Component Objects relating to components that are accessed and managed by CompleteView™ servers.
Client configuration files contain the Component Objects relating to components that are accessed and managed by CompleteView™ clients.
There is one active configuration file for each CompleteView™ client, and one for each CompleteView™ server. Every server and every client relies on its configuration file for an understanding of what resources exist in a system, as well as how to access, communicate with, initialize, and manage those resources.
Thus, the CompleteView™ system is configured by creating an Object in the appropriate configuration file and ensuring proper settings for the object properties for each system component or resource.
System Components
Edge devices
Edge Devices include cameras as well as other devices that augment basic camera functionality.
The basic function of a camera is to provide a constant video stream to the Video
Server. Basic camera functionality can be augmented by a variety of capabilities including:
PTZ control
Companion audio streams
Access control I/O
Alarm information
Edge Storage
The wide variety of cameras available from different manufacturers includes many that integrate various combinations of these capabilities. Others may include only
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 72 basic camera functionality. Some of these capabilities are implemented as a part of stand‐alone I/O devices that attach independently to the network or server subsystem.
Edge Device components include:
Cameras
Audio Devices
Alarm Devices
Video client components
The CompleteView™ Video Client is responsible for presenting camera video to the end user.
Individual Video Clients access camera video from one or more CompleteView™
Servers.
The video client software enables camera video to be organized into custom View
Layouts for presentation to the end‐user. A single View Layout can contain video from multiple cameras from multiple servers, as well as map images and web pages.
Views are associated with either users or locations. Views associated with a user may only be accessed by that user. Views associated with locations can be accessed by any user having sufficient permissions to access the location containing a View
Layout.
In addition to View Layouts,
Video Client components include:
Servers
Users/Groups
Zones/Sites
Views
Maps
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 73
The Video server components
The CompleteView™ video server is responsible for initializing and managing cameras, performing video recording, and serving live and recorded video to video clients.
To a Video Client, each Video Server represents a group of cameras, wherefrom each camera provides a unique video stream. Servers make live and recorded camera video accessible to Clients via server user/group accounts that convey access permissions and control priorities to client user/group accounts.
In the course of providing camera video to clients, the video server performs many functions related to ensuring the proper operation of cameras and related edge devices, video stream processing to provide advanced features, and video storage and retrieval.
Video Server components include:
Users/Groups
Cameras
Audio Devices
Alarm Devices
Serial Ports
Volumes
Schedules
Diagnostics/Reporting
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 74
Configuration Files
CompleteView™ system configuration information is contained in configuration files located on each server and client computer. The configuration files provide to each client or server its own independent understanding of the available system resources and related configuration parameters.
By default, configuration files on each computer are located in the CompleteView™ installation directory.
The Server configuration file
Server Configuration File
C:\Program Files\CompleteView\ servercfg.cvw
Figure 10‐2, Server Configuration File
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
The Client configuration file
Client Configuration File
P a g e | 75
C:\Program Files\CompleteView\ clientcfg.cvw
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 76
11. CompleteView™ Configuration Utility
The CompleteView™ Configuration utility provides the ability to configure and maintain
Server and Client configuration files.
When started, the configuration utility opens or creates a configuration Session that accesses one or more client or server configuration files. The configuration utility presents information from configuration files graphically in a Windows® console. From the
Windows® console, the System Administrator can easily view and edit server and client configuration settings.
When configuring servers, the configuration utility always accesses the servercfg.cvw file in the CompleteView installation directory on the specified server.
When configuring clients the System Administrator directs the Configuration Utility to access the current client configuration file on the local machine, a client configuration file stored on disk or in a network share, or a configuration file stored on a CompleteView™
Configuration Server.
Configuring the client on the local machine always accesses the clientcfg.cvw file in the
CompleteView™ installation directory.
A client configuration file stored on disk, in a network share or on a CompleteView™
Configuration Server may take the form <anyname>.cfw where <anyname> can be any valid windows filename but must have a .cfw file extension.
Configuration Sessions
A Configuration session is defined as the configuration file or set of configuration files opened by an instance of the Configuration Utility.
A configuration Session starts whenever the Configuration Utility opens a client configuration file, a server configuration file, or a saved configuration session. Once started, the System Administrator can add or delete configuration files to the session as needed.
When the configuration activity is complete, the open session may be saved for later use or discarded upon exit.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 77
To start the Configuration Utility
1. Click Start, click All Programs, click to open the CompleteView folder, and then click System Configuration.
2. The CompleteView™ System Configuration, the Select Task dialogue will appear.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>
Open an existing session enables the System Administrator to open a saved configuration Session file.
Configure Servers enables the System Administrator to create a server configuration
Session.
Configure Clients enables the System Administrator to create a client configuration
Session.
Exit exits the CompleteView™ System Configuration utility.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 78
To create a server configuration session
1. Click Start, click All Programs, click to open the CompleteView™ folder, and then click System Configuration.
2. The CompleteView™ System Configuration Select Task dialogue will appear.
3. In the Select Task dialogue, click Configure Servers. A Connect to Server dialogue appears.
Connect To Server
<‐ Target server IP address
<‐Target server account Username
<‐Target server account Password
Click [OK] to logon
Figure 11‐1, Connect To Server Dialogue
4. In the Connect to Server dialogue box, input the requested information as follows:
Address Field ‐ input the IP address of the target server. The name localhost may be used.
Username Field ‐ input the valid username for an administrator account on the target server. The default username for localhost connections is admin.
Password Field ‐ input the valid password for an administrator account on the target server. The default password for localhost connections is <blank>.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 79
5. Click [OK] to logon. The server Configuration Console will appear. Refer to section 0 for detailed information on the Server Configuration
Console.
To create a client configuration session
1. Click Start, click All Programs, click to open the CompleteView folder, and then click System Configuration.
2. The CompleteView™ System Configuration Select Task dialogue will appear.
3. In the Select Task dialogue, click Configure Clients. A Client
Configuration dialogue will appear.
Client Configuration
Click [OK] to continue
Figure 11‐2, Client Configuration Dialogue
4. In the Client Configuration dialogue, specify the client configuration file to be opened by the configuration session being created, where:
Local Configuration creates a client configuration session using the
clientcfg.cvw file in the CompleteView™ installation directory on the local machine.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 80
Configuration File creates a client configuration session using a client configuration file specified via a browse for file dialogue.
Configuration Server creates a client configuration session using a client configuration file retrieved from a CompleteView™ Configuration server.
5. Click [OK], a dialogue will appear as follows:
When creating a Local Configuration session, a Logon dialogue will appear. In the Logon dialogue, input valid user account credentials for the localhost client and click [OK].
When creating a Configuration File session, a browse for file dialogue will open. Using the browse for file dialogue, navigate to and select a client configuration file then click [Open].
When creating a Configuration Server session, a Client Configuration dialogue will appear. In the Client Configuration dialogue, input the IP address and valid user account credentials for the target configuration server and then click [OK].
6. A Client Configuration console will open containing the client configuration file as specified by steps 4 through 5, above.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 81
To open a saved configuration session
1. Click Start, click All Programs, click to open the CompleteView folder, and then click System Configuration.
2. The CompleteView™ System Configuration Select Task dialogue will appear.
3. In the Select Task dialogue, click Open an Existing Session. An Open
Session File dialogue will appear.
4. Using the Open Session File dialogue, navigate to and select a client configuration file.
5. Click [Open]. A Client Configuration console opens containing the selected client configuration file.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Open Existing Configuration
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 11‐3, Open session File Dialogue
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 82
Configuration Consoles
The CompleteView™ Configuration Utility includes two Configuration Consoles. These
Configuration Consoles provide the user interface that facilitates editing CompleteView™ client and server configuration files.
The CompleteView™ Server Configuration console automatically opens whenever the configuration utility accesses a server configuration file.
The CompleteView™ Client Configuration console automatically opens whenever the configuration utility accesses a client configuration file.
Both configuration consoles consist of a System Menu, a Configuration Toolbar and a split‐ window divided into two panes.
In the split window, the left pane contains the console tree and the right pane contains the details pane. Details are presented in a set of tabbed windows within the details pane.
After clicking an item in the console tree, information about that item is displayed in the details pane. The information displayed is specific to the selected item.
The console tree presents an explorer view of the information contained in
CompleteView™ configuration files.
Configuration, Nested Containers
Server Configuration
Users/Groups
Cameras
Audio Devices
Client Configuration
Zones/Sites
Users/Groups
Servers
Alarm Devices
Serial Ports
Volumes
Schedules
Table 11‐1, Configuration File Containers
At the Console Tree root‐level, there is one or more Configuration Containers. Each
Configuration Container relates to a CompleteView™ client or sever configuration file.
Nested within each Configuration Container is a set of component object containers.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 83
Nested component object containers relate to categories of information found in configuration files such as Cameras or Users.
Objects represent members within a category such as Camera1 within the Cameras container or, User3 within the Users/Groups container. Every object defined in a configuration file corresponds with an actual device, user or other system component.
Each object contains the configuration settings needed by the CompleteView™ System in order to interface with and manage an objects’ corresponding component.
The Configuration Console System Menu and Toolbar provide the commands and functions needed to create, edit and manage Component Objects within configuration files, client and server configurations as well as Configuration Sessions.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 84
Server Configuration Console
The Server Configuration Console provides the user interface that facilitates editing
CompleteView™ server configuration files.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers
Figure 11‐4, Server Configuration Console
The server configuration console consists of:
A System Menu
A Configuration Toolbar
A split‐window divided into a Console Tree and a Details Pane
A Status Bar
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 85
Server Configuration Console, System Menu
The server configuration Menu Bar contains four drop‐down menus that provide the commands and functions needed to manage server configuration sessions and to create, edit and manage server Component Objects within server configuration files.
The system Menu is organized into four drop‐down menus:
The File Menu
The Server Configuration Menu
The View Menu
The Help Menu
To access commands within a drop‐down menu, mouse over the menu of choice and select. The drop‐down menu will appear.
The File Menu provides commands to manage Configuration Sessions.
The Server Configuration Menu provides commands to create and edit server
Component Objects.
The View Menu provides control over the Status Bar and Toolbar display.
The Help Menu can provide software revision information or open this manual.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers
Table 11‐2, Server Configuration System Menu
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 86
The Server Configuration Console, File Menu
The File Menu contains commands for managing server Configuration Sessions.
A server Configuration Session is the set of server configuration files and their content, opened simultaneously by an instance of the configuration console.
A Session is created whenever the server Configuration Console is directed to access a configuration file. Once created a session may be saved, re‐opened, modified and saved again.
File Menu
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>File
Creates a new, empty session.
New Session
Open Session
Open a previously saved session.
Save Session
Save the current session using the current filename.
Save Session As
Save the current session using a different filename
Save and Exit
Exit
Save the current session and quit the System Config utility.
Quit the System Config utility.
Table 11‐3, File Menu
New session causes the current session to be abandoned and an empty session to be created. The content of the current session is lost.
Open Session causes the current session to be abandoned and a enables the user to browse for and open a previously saved session. The content of the current session is lost.
Save Session saves the current session using the current filename.
Save Session as opens a browse to dialogue and enables the user to save the current session using a different filename.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 87
Save and Exit saves the current session using the current filename and quits the server configuration console.
Exit quits the server configuration console without saving the current configuration.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
The Server Configuration Console, Configuration Menu
The Server Configuration Menu contains commands for managing server
Configurations within the current session.
Each Server Configuration opened within the session represents a server configuration file accessed by the server configuration utility.
P a g e | 88
Server Configuration Menu
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Server Configuration
Figure 11‐5, Server Configuration Menu
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 89
The Server Configuration Console, View Menu
The View Menu contains commands for customizing the configuration console display by enabling or disabling the Configuration Console toolbar and status display.
View Menu
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>View
Toolbar
Enables/disables the
Server Configuration
Status Bar
Table 11‐4, Server Configuration View Menu
Enables/disables the
Server Configuration
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 90
Server Configuration Console, Toolbar
The server configuration toolbar contains the most commonly used items displayed in the system menus.
The toolbar buttons are arranged in three groups corresponding to the File Menu functions and the Configuration Menu functions as well as a set of miscellaneous buttons.
File Menu Buttons
Configuration Menu Buttons
Figure 11‐6, Server Configuration Toolbar
Misc Buttons
Server Configuration Console Toolbar, File Buttons
The Server Toolbar File buttons provide session management functions that correspond with the system File Menu.
Server Toolbar, File Buttons
Icon Description
New Session
Open a new, empty session.
Open Session
Open a saved session.
Save Session
Save the current session using the current filename.
Salient Systems Corporation
Save the current session and quit the System Config utility.
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Table 11‐5, Server Toolbar, File Buttons
P a g e | 91
Server Toolbar Configuration Buttons
The Server Toolbar Configuration buttons provide functions for editing server configurations that correspond with the system Configuration Menu.
Server Toolbar, Configuration Buttons
Button Description
Add Configuration
Add a server configuration to the current session.
Save the current server configuration.
Add Group
Add a new Group container within the selected Users/Groups container.
Add User
Add a new User to the selected Users/Groups container or, to the selected Group within a Users/Groups container.
Add Camera
Add a new Camera object to the selected Cameras container.
Search Cameras
Find a Camera on the network.
Add QuickTrack
Create a new QuickTrack camera source.
Add Alarm Device
Add a new Alarm Device object to the selected Alarm Device container.
New Volume
Create a new Volume on disk and add it to the selected Volumes container.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 92
New Schedule
Add a new Schedule object to the selected Schedules container.
Table 11‐6, Server Toolbar, Configuration Buttons
Server Toolbar Miscellaneous Buttons
The Server Toolbar Configuration buttons provide functions for arranging component objects within a server configuration.
Server Toolbar, Misc. Buttons
Icon Description
Up/Down
Move selected object up or down in a list of objects.
Delete
Delete selected object.
Table 11‐7, Server Toolbar, Misc. Buttons
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 93
Server Configuration Console Tree
The console tree presents one or more server configurations in a graphical format.
Every CompleteView™ server is associated with a configuration file. This file contains the configuration information relating to its associated server. When opened by the
CompleteView™ Configuration Utility, this server configuration appears as a container at the root level of the console tree.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers
Server
Configuration
The server configuration container represents a corresponding server configuration file.
Users/Groups
Displays the User and Group objects within the server configuration.
Cameras
Displays the Camera objects within the server configuration.
Audio Dev ices
Displays the Audio Device objects within the server configuration.
Alarm Dev ices
Displays the Alarm Device objects within the server configuration.
Serial Ports
Displays the Serial Port objects within the server configuration.
Console Tree
Volumes
Schedules
Displays the Volume objects within the server configuration.
Displays the Schedule objects within the server configuration.
Diagnostics/
Reporting
Containers/Objects
Figure 11‐7, Server Configuration Console Tree
The server configuration incorporates a set of sub‐containers that, in turn, contain component objects. Each component object relates to a physical system component or resource. Containers and component objects are managed using commands available in the system configuration menu, console toolbar or by selecting a
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 94
container or component in the console tree and right clicking to display a drop‐down menu of commands relating to the selected component or container.
Component objects are configured for proper operation by setting properties displayed in the configuration console details pane.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 95
Server Configuration Console Details Pane
The server configuration console details pane contains a set of tabbed‐windows that relate to the currently selected object or container in the console tree.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers
Figure 11‐8, Server Configuration Console Details Pane
Each tabbed window contains a set of controls that permit editing configuration settings for the selected currently object.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Client Configuration Console
The client configuration console provides the user interface for editing
CompleteView™ client configuration files.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients
P a g e | 96
Figure 11‐9, Client Configuration Console
The server configuration console consists of:
A System Menu
A Configuration Toolbar
A split‐window divided into a Console Tree and a Details Pane
A Status Bar
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 97
Client Configuration Console System Menu
The server configuration Menu Bar contains four drop‐down menus displaying the commands and functions needed to manage server configuration sessions. In addition, use the Menu Bar to create, edit and manage server Component Objects within server configuration files.
The system Menu is organized into four drop‐down menus:
The File Menu
The Server Configuration Menu
The View Menu
The Help Menu
To access commands within a drop‐down menu, mouse over the menu of choice and select it. The drop‐down menu will appear.
The File Menu provides commands to manage Configuration Sessions.
The Server Configuration Menu provides commands to create and edit server
Component Objects.
The View Menu provides control over the Status Bar and Toolbar display.
The Help Menu can provide software revision information or open this manual.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 11‐10, Client Configuration Menu Bar
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 98
The Client Configuration Console, File Menu
The File Menu contains commands for managing server Configuration Sessions.
A server Configuration Session is the set of server configuration files and their content, opened simultaneously by an instance of the configuration console.
File Menu
A Session is created whenever the server Configuration Console is directed to access a configuration file. Once created a session may be saved, re‐opened, modified and saved again.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>File
Creates a new, empty session.
New Session
Open Session
Open a previously saved session.
Save Session
Save the current session using the current filename.
Save Session As
Save the current session using a different filename
Save and Exit
Exit
Save the current session and quit the System
Config utility.
Quit the System Config utility.
Table 11‐8, File Menu
New Session causes the current session to be abandoned and an empty session to be created. The content of the current session is lost.
Open Session causes the current session to be abandoned and enables the user to browse for and open a previously saved session. The content of the current session is lost.
Save Session saves the current session using the current filename.
Save Session As… opens a browse to dialogue and enables the user to save the current session using a different filename.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 99
Save and Exit saves the current session using the current filename and quits the server configuration console.
Exit quits the server configuration console without saving the current configuration.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 100
The Client Configuration Console Configuration Menu
The Server Configuration Menu contains commands for managing server
Configurations within the current session.
Each Server Configuration opened within the session represents a server configuration file accessed by the server configuration utility.
Client Configuration Menu
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Server Configuration
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 11‐11, Client Configuration Menu
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 101
The Client Configuration Console View Menu
The View Menu contains commands for customizing the configuration console display by enabling or disabling the Configuration Console toolbar and status display.
View Menu
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>View
Toolbar
Enables/disables the Server Configuration
Console Toolbar.
Status Bar
Enables/disables the Server Configuration
Console Status Bar.
Table 11‐9, Configure Clients View Menu
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 102
Client Configuration Toolbar
The client configuration toolbar contains the most commonly used items displayed in the system menus.
The toolbar buttons are arranged in three groups. The groups contain the File Menu functions, the Configuration Menu functions, and a set of miscellaneous buttons.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients
File Menu Buttons Configuration Menu Buttons
Figure 11‐12, Client Configuration Toolbar
Miscellaneous Buttons
Client Toolbar File Buttons
The Client Toolbar File buttons provide session management functions that correspond with the system File Menu.
Client Toolbar, File Buttons
Icon Description
Open a new, empty session.
New Session
Open a saved session.
Open Session
Save Session
Save the current session using the current filename.
Salient Systems Corporation
Save the current session and quit the System Config utility.
Figure 11‐13, Client Toolbar, File Buttons
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 103
Client Toolbar Configuration Buttons
The Client Toolbar Configuration buttons provide functions for editing server configurations that correspond with the system Configuration Menu.
Client Toolbar, Configuration Buttons
Button Description
Add Configuration
Add a Client configuration to the current session.
Add Group
Add a new Group container within the selected Users/Groups container.
Add User
Add a new User to the selected Users/Groups container or, to the selected Group within a Users/Groups container.
Add a new View object to the selected Views container.
Add View
Add a new Map object to the selected Maps container.
Add Map
Add a new Server object to the selected Servers container.
Add Server
Add a new Zone object to the selected Zones/Sites Container
Add Zone
Add Site
Add a new Site object to the selected Zones/Sites Container
Figure 11‐14, Client Toolbar, Configuration Buttons
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 104
Client Toolbar Miscellaneous Buttons
The Server Toolbar Configuration buttons provide functions for arranging component objects within a client configuration.
Client Toolbar, Misc. Buttons
Icon Description
Up/Down
Move selected object up or down in a list of objects.
Delete
Delete selected object
Table 11‐10, Client Toolbar, Misc. Buttons
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 105
Client Configuration Console Tree
The console tree presents one or more server configurations in a graphical format.
Every CompleteView™ client is associated with a configuration file. This file contains the configuration information relating to its associated client. When opened by the
CompleteView™ Configuration Utility, this client configuration appears as a container at the root level of the console tree.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients
Client
Configuration
The Client Configuration container corresponds to a single client configuration file.
This is the root container that organizes client objects into a set of related client objects.
Zones/Sites
The Zones/Sites container provides a logical grouping for Site objects and Zone containers.
A Site is a well defined collection of Views and
Maps that relate to a physical location.
A Zone is a nested grouping of multiple Sites.
Users/Groups
Servers
The Users/Groups container provides a logical grouping for User objects and Group containers.
A User is a well defined collection of Views and
Maps that relate to a person or role. Users are granted specific permissions and must be authenticated.
A Group is a nested grouping of multiple Users.
A Group conveys permissions to its members.
The Servers container
Console Tree Containers/Objects
Figure 11‐15, Client Configuration Console Tree
The client configuration incorporates a set of sub‐containers that, in turn, contain component objects. Each component object relates to a system resource or physical system component.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 106
Containers and component objects are managed using commands available in the system configuration menu, console toolbar, or by selecting a container or component in the console tree. Right click to display a drop‐down menu of commands relating to the selected component or container.
Component objects are configured for proper operation by setting properties displayed in the configuration console details pane.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 107
Client Configuration Details Pane
The client configuration console details pane contains a set of tabbed‐windows that relate to the currently selected object or container in the console tree.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients
Figure 11‐16, Client Configuration Details Pane
Each tabbed window contains a set of controls that permit editing configuration settings for the currently selected object.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 108
12. Configuring CompleteView™ Servers
Configuring a CompleteView™ server involves editing the contents of its servercfg.cvw configuration file using the System Configuration utility.
When a server is configured, the System Configuration utility performs the following actions:
1. The System Configuration utility connects to the target server via the
Microsoft® Windows® TCP/IP network interface.
2. The System Configuration utility accesses the file servercfg.cvw located in the
CompleteView™ installation directory on the target server.
3. A working copy of the servercfg.cvw file is loaded into the configuration utility and displayed at the root level of the console tree as a server configuration container.
The working copy of the target servercfg.cvw file used by the configuration utility is an offline ‘snapshot’ of the target server’s current configuration. Changes made using the configuration utility do not take effect until the modified ‘snapshot’ has been saved and the target CompleteView™ server process is restarted.
Once added to the console tree, the server configuration (container) can be expanded to reveal its sub‐containers. Sub‐containers can be expanded to reveal the objects they contain.
Component objects may be added, deleted, or reorganized within sub‐containers using System Configuration Menu commands, the configuration toolbar, or by right clicking on a selected object or container to display its context–sensitive drop‐down menu.
Applicable configuration settings for selected component objects and containers are accessed via tabbed windows in the configuration console details pane.
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Managing Server Configurations
Server Menu
P a g e | 109
Right click opens menu
Figure 12‐1, Server Menu
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 110
Server Menu Items
Add Server Configuration
Edit Credentials
Add a new server configuration to the current session.
Edit the credentials used to selected server configuration.
Delete Server Configuration Remove selected client configuration/container.
Feature Keys
Display license management dialog.
Reload Configuration
Save Configuration
Reload the source Server Configuration file into the selected Server Configuration container.
Save the selected Server Configuration to its source configuration file.
Load Configuration From
Save Configuration To
Load Backup
Save Backup
User
Camera
Alarm Device
Volume
Schedule
Open a server configuration file from a specified location.
Save the selected server configuration to a specified configuration file.
Restore a server configuration backup file into the selected client configuration container.
Save the selected server configuration to a backup.
Open the User submenu relating to the selected server configuration.
Open the Cameras submenu relating to the selected server configuration.
Open the Alarm Devices submenu relating to the selected server configuration.
Open the Volumes submenu relating to the selected server configuration.
Open the Schedules submenu relating to the selected server configuration.
Table 12‐1, Server Menu Items
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 111
To add a Server Configuration
1. At the root level of the Server Configuration console tree, select any server configuration container, then right‐click to open the Server Configuration menu. Mouse‐over and select Add Server Configuration.
‐ OR –
On the Server Configuration toolbar, click the [Add Server Configuration] button.
2. An Add Server Configuration dialogue will appear.
Add Server Configuration
Figure 12‐2, Add Server Configuration Dialogue
3. In the Add Server Configuration dialogue, input the IP Address, Username, and Password for the server to be added to the current server configuration session.
Click [OK].
4. A new Server Configuration container is created in the console tree and populated with configuration information from the specified server.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 112
To edit a Server Configuration credentials
1. At the root level of the Server Configuration console tree, select the target server configuration container. Right‐click to open the Server Configuration menu.
2. Mouse over and select Edit Credentials…
If the current configuration has not been saved since the last edit, a Question dialogue will appear.
Question Dialogue
Figure 12‐3, Question Dialogue
To proceed without saving, click [Yes]. Edits to the current configuration will be discarded. To abort the operation click [No].
If the current configuration has been saved or can be discarded, a Login dialogue will appear.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Login Dialogue
P a g e | 113
3. In the Login dialogue, enter the new Username and Password to be used to access the selected Server Configuration.
Click [OK].
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 114
To delete a Server Configuration
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select the target server configuration container, then right‐click to open the Server
Configuration menu.
2. Mouse over and select Delete Client Configuration. A Question dialogue will appear.
Question Dialogue
3. Click [Yes] to delete the selected server configuration, click [No] to abort the operation.
4. When deleted, the selected server configuration container is removed from the Configuration Session console tree.
To access the server license management dialogue
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select the target server configuration container. Right‐click to open the Server Configuration menu.
2. Mouse over and select Feature Keys. The Feature Keys dialogue will appear.
For detailed information about managing Feature Keys, see Section 0, “Managing
Feature Keys.”
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 115
To reload a server configuration
1. At the root level of the Server Configuration console tree, select the target server configuration container, then right‐click to open the Server
Configuration menu.
2. Mouse over and select Reload Configuration.
If the current configuration has not been saved since the last edit, a Question dialogue will appear.
Question Dialogue
To proceed without saving, click [Yes]. Edits to the current configuration will be discarded. To abort the operation click [No].
3. If edits to the current configuration have been saved or can be discarded, the selected server configuration container is reloaded from its source configuration file.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 116
To save a server configuration
1. At the root level of the Server Configuration console tree, select the target server configuration object. Right‐click to open the Server Configuration menu.
2. Mouse over and select Save Configuration. An Information dialogue will appear.
Information Dialogue
Figure 12‐4, Information Dialogue
3. In the Information dialogue, click [OK].
Out of Date Configuration Warning
If, while one Administrator is configuring a server, a second Administrator has altered that same server's configuration file, an "Out of Date Configuration" warning message is displayed when the first Administrator attempts to save the server configuration.
The first Administrator is prompted to either reload the latest configuration and lose his or her changes, or save the configuration and overwrite the second Administrator's configuration file.
Out of Date Dialogue
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 12-5
, Out of Date Dialogue
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 117
To load a server configuration
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select the server configuration container to be loaded with a new configuration. Right‐click to open the Server Configuration menu. Mouse over and select Load
Configuration From...
2. A Load Server Configuration from dialogue will appear.
Load Configuration From
3. In the Load Server Configuration from dialogue, input the IP Address,
Username, and Password for the server whose configuration is to be loaded into the selected server configuration object.
Click [OK].
4. The selected Server Configuration container is loaded with the configuration file from the specified server.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 118
To save a Server Configuration
1. At the root level of the Server Configuration console tree, select the server configuration container to be saved, then right‐click to open the Server
Configuration menu.
2. Mouse over and select Save Configuration To... A Save Server Configuration
to dialogue will appear.
Save Configuration To
3. In the Save Server Configuration To dialogue, input the IP Address,
Username, and Password for the server where the configuration will be saved. Click [OK].
4. A new Server Configuration container is created in the console tree and populated with configuration information from the specified server.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 119
To restore a server configuration backup
1. At the root level of the Server Configuration console tree, select the target server configuration container, then right‐click to open the Server
Configuration menu.
2. Mouse over and select Load Backup.
Question Dialogue
If the current configuration has not been saved since the last edit, a Question dialogue will appear.
To proceed without saving, click [Yes]. The current configuration will be discarded when the backup configuration is restored. To abort the operation click [No].
If the current configuration has been saved since the last edit or can be discarded, an
Open dialogue will appear.
3. Using the Open dialogue, navigate to and select the configuration backup file to be loaded into the selected Server Configuration container.
4. Click [Open]. The selected server configuration backup file is restored to the selected server configuration container.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 120
To save a server configuration backup
1. At the root level of the Server Configuration console tree, select the server configuration container that will be used to create the configuration backup file. Right‐click to open the Server Configuration menu.
2. Mouse over and select Save Backup. A Save As dialogue will open.
3. Using the Save As dialogue, navigate to a destination folder and input a
Filename for the backup configuration file being created.
4. Click [Save], a backup file is created from the selected configuration to the
Destination Folder using the specified Filename.
By default, the Save As dialogue opens in the CompleteView installation folder. Backup files may be created in the
CompleteView installation folder, or the System Administrator may use the Save As dialogue to navigate to any destination disk folder or network share where the backup file will be created using the specified filename.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 121
To access User functions from the server configuration menu
1. At the root level of the Server Configuration console tree, select the target server configuration container. Right‐click to open the Server Configuration menu.
2. Mouse‐over User. The User submenu will open.
For detailed information about managing Server Configuration Users, refer to Section
0, “Creating and Managing Users/Groups.”
To access Camera functions from the server configuration menu
1. At the root level of the Server Configuration console tree, select the target server configuration container. Right‐click to open the Server Configuration menu.
2. Mouse‐over Camera. The Camera submenu will open.
For detailed information about managing Server Configuration Cameras, refer to
Section 0, “Creating and Managing Cameras.”
To access Alarm Device functions from the server configuration menu
1. At the root level of the Server Configuration console tree, select the target server configuration container. Right‐click to open the Server Configuration menu.
2. Mouse‐over Alarm Device, the Alarm Device submenu will open.
For detailed information about managing Server Configuration Alarm Devices, refer to
Section 0, “Creating and Managing Alarm Devices.”
To access Volume functions from the server configuration menu
1. At the root level of the Server Configuration console tree, select the target server configuration container. Right‐click to open the Server Configuration menu.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 122
2. Mouse‐over Volume, the Volume submenu will open.
For detailed information about managing Server Configuration Volumes, refer to
Section 0, “Creating and Managing Volumes.”
To access Schedule functions from the server configuration menu
1. At the root level of the Server Configuration console tree, select the target client configuration container. Right‐click to open the Server Configuration menu.
2. Mouse‐over Schedule, the Schedule submenu will open.
For detailed information about managing Server Configuration Schedules, refer to
Section 0, “Creating and Managing Schedules.”
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Configuring the Server Configuration
P a g e | 123
Server Configurations, Server General Settings Window
The Server Container <General> window presents configuration parameters related to network communications, directory service authentication, and video analytics. The
<General> pane also provides access to server license information.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>{Selected Server}>General
Salient Systems Corporation
Server Configuration – General Tab
Figure 12‐6, Server Configuration ‐ General
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 124
<General> Network Communication Settings
Friendly Server Name
Specifies logical name used to access the server from the network.
TCP Port Numbers
Specifies the network port numbers used to communicate with the server.
Table 12‐2, Server Configuration Network Settings
The Friendly Server Name corresponds to the Microsoft Windows local Computer
Name. CompleteView™ references servers using the Friendly Server Name rather than an IP address.
The TCP Port Numbers define the network ports CV servers use to communicate with
CV clients. By default, these are TCP 4242 and TCP 4343 where:
Data Port = 4242
Command Port = 424
The CV Data port is used by the server to listen for and respond to CV client requests.
The CV Command Port is needed for backward compatibility with CompleteView™ 1.x installations.
The Active Directory Authentication section establishes the credentials that
CompleteView™ uses to authenticate users with the Active Directory domain.
<General> Active Directory Authentication
Domain
Username
Active Directory domain name
Active Directory username
Password
Re‐authentication
Active Directory password
Set User/Group re‐authentication frequency.
Table 12‐3, General Tab AD Items
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 125
Domain
Specifies the name of the AD domain used to authenticate an account. This is usually the internal (private) network domain.
Active Directory Username the User Account name used to authenticate with the specified AD domain.
Active Directory Password the User Account password used to authenticate with the specified AD domain.
Re‐authentication Frequency specifies the frequency of user and group re‐ authentications.
CompleteView™ re‐authenticates users and groups with Active Directory after initial successful login. By default, re‐authentications happen upon every client request.
Re‐authentication Frequency enables periodic re‐authentication where per‐user and per‐group intervals can be set independently.
Periodic re‐authentication eliminates the need to re‐authenticate upon every client request, and can therefore result in improved client performance.
Re‐authentication Frequency:
User:
Specifies User authentication interval in minutes
Groups:
Specifies Group authentication interval in minutes
The Video Analytics section presents configuration settings for Agent VI analytics integration.
<General> Video Analytics
Proxy
Specify Agent VI local port proxy
Engine
Enabled
Specify Agent VI
Enable/disable analytics
Table 12‐4, General Tab Video Analytics Items
<General> Global Settings
Global Settings
If checked, all newly added users or groups will have access to all cameras, and all newly added cameras will be accessible to all users and groups.
Table 12‐5, General Tab Global Settings
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 126
Server Configurations, Server Logging Window
The Server Configuration Logging tab enables support personnel to select which system events will be posted to the CompleteView™ log file.
The Logging window is organized into two sections, The Events to Log window and the
Packet Loss parameters section.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>{Server}>Logging
Log File Configuration
Figure 12‐7, Server Configuration – Logging Window
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
<Logging>
Events to Log
Packet Loss
Select system events to log
Set packet loss reporting thresholds
Table 12‐6, Logging Tab Items
P a g e | 127
The Events to Log window contains a list of system events that can be selected for logging. Click to check the corresponding checkbox for a system event to be logged.
The Packet Loss parameters determine the threshold at which packet loss events are posted to the log.
Maximum acceptable (%) determines the packet loss per‐cent threshold at which packet loss events are posted. The default setting is 5 per cent(5%).
Reporting interval (s) determines the interval length of time over which a packet loss sum is calculated. The default setting is 3600 seconds (one hour).
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 128
Server Configuration, Server Email Window
Various CompleteView™ functions incorporate event‐driven email alerts. The Server
Configuration Email window presents parameters to identify the email server and account information used system‐wide for email alert functionality.
The Email window specifies:
Email server information
Email account information
Sender information
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>{ Server}>Email
Salient Systems Corporation
Email Configuration
Figure 12‐8, Server Configuration ‐ Email
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
<Email>
Mail Server
Authentication
IP Address of the Email (SMTP) server
Enable authentication/set account credentials
Sender Information
Identify sender and sender return address
Figure 12‐9, Email Configuration
P a g e | 129
Mail Server (SMTP) is the address of the outgoing mail server.
Authentication Parameters must be set to contain the email account credentials used by CompleteView™ when sending email notifications, where:
Authentication indicates that the outgoing mail server requires authentication. If authentication is required, check to select the Authentication checkbox.
Username must be set to the outgoing mail server account Username if authentication is required.
Password must be set to the outgoing mail server account Password if authentication is required.
Sender Information fields should be populated with information identifiying the sender of CompleteView™ alert emails.
Sender Name should contain the name of the CompleteView™ Alert email sender. For example, “CV Administrator “
Sender Email should contain the sender’s return email address. For example, [email protected]
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 130
Server Configuration, Server Tracking Window
The Server Configuration <Tracking> window presents settings that apply to the
CompleteView™ PTZ camera Auto‐Attendant function.
The Tracking window contains a Zone Priority scroll box and a group of tracking behavior controls.
Using the <Tracking> window, behaviors are assigned to each Zone Priority level. Zone
Priority levels in turn are assigned to the motion detect Zones defined on a per camera basis. For more information on defining per camera motion detect Zones, refer to
Section “The Motion Zones Dialogue.”
The Zone Priority Hold Time, Dwell Time, and Cycle tracking behaviors are applied to all motion zones having the same Zone Priority on all cameras.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>{Selected Server}>Tracking
Salient Systems Corporation
Tracking Configuration
Figure 12‐10, Server Configuration ‐ Tracking
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
<Tracking> Window
Zone Priority
Select zone priority level to configure
Table 12‐7, Tracking Window
P a g e | 131
Zone Priority allows configuration of 10 motion zone priority levels, with ten (10) being the highestand one (1) being the lowest.
Tracking Behavior
Hold Time
Dwell Time
Cycle
Dwell before responding to new motion detect event
Dwell before cycling
Alternate between simultaneous motion detect events
Table 12‐8, Tracking Behavior
Tracking Behavior
Hold Time indicates the number of seconds CompleteView™ dwells on a preset before responding to a lower‐priority alarm. When motion is detected in a zone,
CompleteView will show a preset location from one or more PTZ cameras as configured in the Actions Editor. Hold Time has no effect if a new motion event is in a higher priority zone than the currently alarmed zone, as CompleteView will respond to the higher priority zone immediately.
Dwell Time indicates the number of seconds that CompleteView™ should remain on a preset location before cycling.
Cycle enables Zone Cycling. When motion is detected in multiple zones, and the zones are configured with the same priority level, CompleteView™ will alternate between the presets that they were associated with using the Actions Editor.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 132
Server Configuration, Server Integrations Window
The Server Configuration Integrations Tab enables the System Administrator to set various parameters needed to integrate third party products with the CompleteView™
VMS.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>{Selected Server}>Integrations
Salient Systems Corporation
Third Party Integration Parameters
Figure 12‐11, Server Configuration ‐ Integrations
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 133
S2 Access Control Parameters
Address Field:
Enter the IP address of the S2 Netbox controller
Enabled Checkbox:
Check to enable communications with the S2 Netbox controller
Table 12‐9, S2 Access Control Parameters
SureView Immix Parameters
Immix Device
Number Field:
Enter the Immix Device number associated with the present
CompleteView™ Server.
SMTP Server Field
Enter the IP address of the SureView Immix server.
SMTP Port Field
Enter the network port number the SureView Immix server uses for SMTP communications.
Enabled Checkbox:
Check to enable communications with the SureView Immix controller.
Table 12‐10, SureView Immix Parameters
Bold Manitou Parameters
Address Field:
Port
Enter the IP address of the Bold Manitou server that will receive
CompleteView™ alerts.
Enter the network port number used by the Bold Manitou server to receive CompleteView™ alerts.
Heartbeat Interval
Enter the time in seconds between heartbeat messages sent from the CompleteView™ server to Bold Manitou.
Enabled Checkbox:
Check to enable communications with the Bold Manitou server.
Table 12‐11, Bold Manitou Parameters
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 134
Server Configuration, Axis One‐Click Window
The Axis One‐Click Tab enables the System Administrator to set various parameters needed to integrate Axis One‐Click with the CompleteView™ VMS.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>{Selected Server}>Axis One‐Click Tab
Salient Systems Corporation
Axis One‐Click Parameters
Figure 12-12,
Server Configuration ‐ Axis One Click
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 135
Axis Dispatch Server
Dispatch Server
Field:
Contains the Axis Dispatch Server hostname
User Name Field:
Password Field
Enter the Axis Dispatch Server account username obtained from
Salient Systems.
Enter the Axis Dispatch Server account password obtained from
Salient Systems.
Table 12‐12, Axis Dispatch Server Parameters
Axis One‐Click Component
External Address :
Port
Internal Address :
Port
Certificate Name
Enter the One Click Proxy server public (external) IP address and port number.
Enter the One Click Connection Component private (internal) network IP address and port number.
Enter the filename of the installed digital certificate.
The default certificate name is shown
The default path is C:\Program Files\Axis
Communications\AXIS One‐Click Connection
Component\stserver_ca.crt
Custom installations may require that a fully qualified pathname be specified.
Table 12‐13, Axis One‐Click Component Parameters
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 136
Server Configuration, Web Server
The Web Server tab enables the System Administrator to activate or deactivate either or both the Embedded Web Server and Embedded Secure Web Server. The Web Client runs in the Microsoft Silverlight™ environment, which requires a port in the 4502‐
4534 range. Configure either or both server ports with a unique port number within that range. Server authentication certificates may be modified by clicking the [Edit] button.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>{Selected Server}>Web Server Tab
Web Server Parameters
Figure 12-13,
Server Configuration – Web Server
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 137
Server Configuration, Users/Groups
CompleteView™ Users/Groups exist separately on both client and server machines.
In the video server, users and groups provide the means to convey camera access permissions, PTZ priorities, and API access to CompleteView™ clients.
In the video client, Users and Groups control access to video presentation View
Layouts. Video client users gain access to live and recorded camera video from networked servers by automatically logging on to server user accounts when camera video from servers is accessed via view layouts.
Users/Groups Functional Overview
In the CompleteView™ Server, Users are persons or roles that require access to system resources such as live or recorded camera video.
Users are represented in the server configuration as User Objects in the Users/Groups container. The user object establishes a user account that provides the means to authenticate legitimate users via a username/password combination.
User objects convey camera access permissions to CompleteView™ clients, establish
PTZ priorities used to resolve contention among users for control over specific cameras, and convey API access permission.
Groups provide a means to convey identical access permissions and PTZ priorities to multiple users.
Groups are represented in the server configuration as Group Objects in the
Users/Groups container. During system configuration, users can be assigned membership in a group. When assigned to a group, the CompleteView™ user inherits the groups’ camera access permissions and PTZ priorities from the group settings.
Membership in a group does not affect user authentication. Regardless of group membership, users must authenticate with their individual account credentials at login time.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 138
Creating and Managing Server Users/Groups
Commands available from the server configuration User Menu are used to create and manage video server users and groups.
To access the User Menu, select a user or group object and then right‐click. The User
Menu will drop‐down to display.
The User Menu can also be accessed from the configuration console menu bar Server
Configuration menu. Refer to section 0
Commonly used User Menu commands can also be invoked from the configuration console toolbar. Refer to section 0.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Users/Groups
New Group
Create a new Group object
New User
Create a new User object.
Clone
Delete
Create a new user using the configuration settings of the currently selected
User.
Delete selected User or
Group
New Password
Create a new password for the selected User.
Click to select User/Group, right click opens menu
Table 12‐14, Server Configuration User Menu
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 139
To create a new Group
1. In the Server Configuration console, select the Users/Groups container, then right click to open the Users/Group menu.
2. Mouse over and select New Group. A New Group dialogue will appear.
3. In the New Group dialogue box, enter a name for the group container. Click
[OK].
4. The new group container is created in the Users/Group container and is ready for configuration.
To create a new User
1. In the Server Configuration console, select the Users/Groups container. Right click to open the Users/Group menu.
2. Mouse over and select New User. A New User dialogue will appear.
3. In the New User dialogue box, enter a name for the new user object. Click
[OK]. A Password dialogue will appear.
4. In the Password dialogue box, enter a password for the new user object. Click
[OK]. A Verify Password dialogue will appear.
5. In the Verify Password dialogue box, re‐enter the password previously entered for the new user object. Click [OK].
6. The new user object is created in the Users/Groups container and is ready for configuration.
To Clone a User
1. In the Server Configuration console, select the Users/Groups container. Right click to open the Users/Group menu.
2. Mouse over and select Clone. A New User dialogue will appear.
3. In the New User dialogue box, enter a name for the new user object. Click
[OK]. A Password dialogue will appear.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 140
4. In the Password dialogue box, enter a password for the new user object. Click
[OK]. A Verify Password dialogue will appear.
5. In the Verify Password dialogue box, re‐enter the password previously entered for the new user object. Click [OK].
6. The cloned user object is created in the Users/Groups container and is ready for configuration.
To delete a User or Group
1. In the Server Configuration console, expand the Users/Groups container.
2. Select the User or group to be deleted, then right click to open the
Users/Group menu.
3. Mouse over and select Delete. A Remove User dialogue will appear.
4. In the Remove User dialogue, click [Yes] to delete the selected User or
Group.
‐ OR –
Click [No] to abort the operation.
To a set a new password for a User
1. In the Server Configuration console, expand the Users/Groups container.
2. Select the User or group to be deleted, then right click to open the
Users/Group menu.
3. Mouse over select New Password. A New Password dialogue will appear.
4. In the New Password dialogue box, enter a new password for the selected use. Click [OK]. A Verify Password dialogue will appear.
5. In the Verify Password dialogue box, re‐enter the password previously entered for the selected user object. Click [OK].
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Configuring Server Users/Groups
P a g e | 141
Server Users/Groups, Administration Window
The Users/Groups administration window presents attributes that can be set for
Group containers and User objects.
When an attribute is set for a selected Group container, it will be inherited by all User objects within the Group.
When an attribute is set for a single selected User object, only the selected User will be affected.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>{Server}>Users/Groups>{User}>Administration
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 12‐14, Users/Groups Administration Tab
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 142
The <Administration> window contains a group of selectable attributes and a
membership window.
Selectable Attributes
Administrator
Enable Administrator permissions for selected user
Log user activity
Log Events
Active Directory
Authentication
Manage User/Group via Active Directory.
Table 12‐15, User/Group Selectable attributes
The Administrator checkbox sets Administrator permissions for the selected User or
Group.
If selected relative to a Group, all members of that group will inherit Administrator permissions. If selected relative to a single User, only the selected User will be granted
Administrator permissions.
Administrator permissions enable users to modify CompleteView™ server configurations.
The Log Events checkbox causes system activity for the selected User or Group to be logged.
The Active Directory Authentication checkbox indicates that the Windows® Active
Directory service centrally manages the selected user or group. Users and groups managed by Active Directory cannot be modified from within CompleteView™.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Membership Box
P a g e | 143
User Membership List Group Membership List
Figure 12‐15, User/Group Membership Box
The Membership Box within the <Administration> window lists membership relationships between Users and Groups.
Memberships can be established or revoked by selecting or de‐selecting listed Users or Groups via their corresponding checkbox.
If a User object is selected in the Server Configuration console tree, The Membership
Box lists all available Groups in the CompleteView™ system and indicates to which groups the selected user is a member.
A selected User can be added to a listed group by selecting the corresponding checkbox for that group.
A selected User can be removed from a listed group by de‐selecting the corresponding checkbox for that group.
If a Group object is selected in the Server Configuration console tree, the Membership
Box lists all available Users in the CompleteView™ system and indicates which Users have membership in the selected Group.
Listed users can be added to a selected group by selecting the corresponding checkbox for that User.
Listed users can be removed from a selected group by de‐selecting the corresponding checkbox for that user.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 144
Users/Groups, Camera Window
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>{Server}>Users/Groups>{User}>Administration
Figure 12‐16, Users/Groups Camera Tab
PTZ Section
PTZ Priority
Salient Systems Corporation
User/Group PTZ control access priority
Table 12‐16, PTZ Priority
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 145
Permissions, Camera
Camera List
Camera Permission
Attributes
Lists cameras available in the CompleteView™ system
Lists attributes that can be independently associated with each camera
Table 12‐17, Camera Permissions
Camera Permissions, Attributes
View
Enable user live viewing
Playback
Snapshot
Enable user archive viewing
Enable user snapshots
Audio
Export
PTZ
Light
Enable audio access on capable devices
Enable user Exports
Enable user PTZ controls
Enable user light control
Table 12‐18, Camera Permission Attributes
Permissions, Presets
Preset List
List of PTZ presets allowed for the selected camera
Preset Permission
Attributes
List attributes that can be independently associated with each PTZ preset.
Table 12‐19, Preset Permissions
Presets Permissions, Attributes
Set
Permit user to modify selected preset.
Show
Permit user to access selected preset.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Table 12‐20, Preset Permission Attributes
P a g e | 146
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 147
Users/Groups, Advanced Window
The Users/Groups Advanced Tab Window contains settings that enable third‐party control of the CompleteView™ server via the CompleteView™ Application
Programming Interface (API).
When enabled, permission to use the API is granted to the User/Group currently selected in the server configuration, console tree.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>{Server}>Users/Groups>{User}>Advanced
Figure 12‐17, Users/Groups Advanced Window
The Users/Groups Advanced Window contains a warning disclosing potential security risks associated with allowing remote control of the CompleteView™ server, a
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 148 checkbox control to acknowledge having read the warning, and a checkbox control to enable the API for the selected User or Group.
Presets Permissions, Attributes
I have read…
Acknowledge security risks.
Grant user access… Permit API access to selected user.
Table 12‐21, Presets Permissions, Attributes
When selected, the “I have read…” checkbox enables the “Grant access…” checkbox.
When selected, the “Grant access…” permits API access to the selected user.
To enable API access for the selected user or group:
1. Read and understand the security admonishment.
2. Select the I Have Read… checkbox. The Grant user access… checkbox will become enabled.
3. Select the Grant user access… checkbox. API access by the selected user or group is now permitted.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 149
Server Configurations, Cameras
The primary function of cameras is to provide video streams to the CompleteView™ server.
The fundamental function of the CompleteView™ server is to record camera video streams and to make both live and recorded camera video available to CompleteView™ clients. The
CompleteView™ server performs stream processing of camera video in order to automate system operation and to provide a number of advanced features to the end user.
Many cameras also incorporate advanced features such as Pan‐Tilt‐Zoom (PTZ), Edge
Storage and automatic On Camera Alerting. CompleteView™ fully integrates with many of these features on certain cameras.
For each physical camera in the system, there is a camera object in the server configuration file, Cameras container. Camera objects specify the configuration settings and properties for their associated physical device. Camera object properties and settings vary widely from camera to camera depending upon the camera type, manufacturer, model and capabilities.
The camera objects in the Cameras container represent three types of camera:
Analog Cameras
IP Cameras
QuickTrack Cameras
Analog Cameras
Analog surveillance cameras generate analog video signals and connect directly to
Salient video capture cards in the CompleteView™ server. The video capture card converts the analog signal into a digital stream for processing and recording.
Once installed, a fixed‐analog camera provides its video signal to the CompleteView™ server via coaxial cable and requires no further maintenance or control communications.
Some analog cameras are capable of Pan‐Tilt‐Zoom (PTZ) control. Analog PTZ cameras typically accomplish PTZ control communications via a separate EIA Standard RS485 serial communications interface. The CompleteView™ server supports analog camera
PTZ communications via onboard EIA Standard RS232 COM1 through COM4 serial ports. In the server computer, the COM1 through COM4 serial ports are typically virtualized via a USB interface, and require an external USB to RS485 converter.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Analog Camera PTZ Serial Ports
P a g e | 150
Table 12‐22, Analog Camera PTZ Control
Over‐the‐coax control technologies, such as Pelco's Coaxitron®, are not directly supported by CompleteView™. However, it is possible to utilize Coaxitron® via intermediary hardware.
The most common solution to controlling 16 or fewer Pelco PTZ cameras via Coaxitron utilizes the Pelco CM‐6700 video matrix unit. Configure the second serial port (COM B) on the CM‐6700 for RS232 communications, and configure CompleteView™ to use the
Pelco ASCII protocol. The CM‐6700 automatically converts from RS232 to Coaxitron® signaling, as well as from Pelco ASCII to Pelco P control protocols.
IP Cameras
Internet Protocol (IP) surveillance cameras generate digital video streams and connect to the CompleteView™ server via an IP network. IP cameras stream video according to several standard video compression and streaming protocols. Most are equipped with an embedded web server that can be accessed to enable control over any IP network such as the Internet or an intranet.
Configuring an IP camera often involves making complementary settings in the camera via its embedded web‐server interface, as well in CompleteView’s™ Configuration
Utility.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 151
CompleteView™ supports advanced IP camera features including PTZ, Edge Storage, and on‐camera Alerting.
QuickTrack Cameras
A QuickTrack camera is a CompleteView™ virtual camera that allows Video Client users to record a series of cameras as one video feed.
An object in the server configuration Cameras container, a QuickTrack camera has no corresponding physical camera. In the Video Client, any camera can be dragged and dropped into the QuickTrack viewing panel to have its video displayed.
Additionally, the camera, along with any other camera brought into the QuickTrack panel, will be recorded as a single video feed. This allows for later review of all cameras being focused on.
Camera Pan Tilt Zoom (PTZ) Control
Pan‐Tilt‐Zoom camera control involves the ability to adjust a camera’s pitch and yaw within a range of motion. Using PTZ control, the camera position is adjusted to point at a desired location in order to achieve a particular field of view.
CompleteView™ can control many different PTZ camera models from a wide variety of manufacturers. Each manufacturer communicates with its PTZ cameras using a system of proprietary commands. These command sets are referred to as control protocols.
See Appendix ‘A’ for a list of PTZ control protocols supported by CompleteView.
Advanced Camera Features
CompleteView™ integrates with many advanced features offered by several camera manufacturers’ models.
Edge Storage
Edge storage is the ability of a camera to store video locally using onboard storage or to a stand‐alone Network Attached Storage (NAS) device.
During normal operation, CompleteView™ records video streams from cameras to its internal video storage volumes. Edge storage duplicates CompleteView™ video on the
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 152 network, outside CompleteView™ storage volumes. When the video stream from a camera is interrupted, CompleteView™ will retrieve any missing recordings or fill any gaps in recordings from edge storage cameras and devices.
On‐Camera Alerting
CompleteView™ integrates with cameras that incorporate onboard event alerting features. Camera alerts initiate CompleteView™ motion/alarm recordings.
CompleteView™ Advanced Camera Features
CompleteView™ Motion Detection
CompleteView™ Motion Detection enables the System Administrator to define motion detect Zones within a camera field of view. During operation, video stream processing monitors motion‐detect Zones and generates a motion event when movement is detected within a Zone.
In turn, motion events are configured to trigger a number of possible responses, including motion recording, alarm triggering, and Auto‐Attendant activity.
CompleteView™ Digital PTZ
CompleteView™ video stream processing provides a Digital PTZ feature where PTZ capabilities are enabled within the fixed field of view of a non‐PTZ capable digital camera.
Digital PTZ allows the system operator to zoom in on an area within the camera’s field of view to get a closer look at activity in the screen. Once zoomed in, the user can pan and tilt the view, operate preset positions, and perform most functions that are available on traditional, mechanical PTZ cameras.
CompleteView™ PTZ Location Presets
PTZ Location Presets are the primitive elements that enable automated PTZ camera operation.
A PTZ camera preset is a pre‐determined set of viewing coordinates within a camera’s field of motion and view. Using the Live View dialogue, position a PTZ camera within its field of motion in order to achieve the desired field of view. Once a desired field of view is acquired, the Presets controls in the Live View dialogue can save the camera position as a Preset Location.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 153
CompleteView™ uses preset locations to automatically point a camera at well‐known locations in order to acquire a particular field of view.
Any number of Preset Locations may be associated with a PTZ camera.
Once recorded, Preset Locations can be used to create a Preset Tour for the camera, and to define Auto‐Attendant behaviors.
CompleteView™ Preset Tours
CompleteView™ facilitates automation of PTZ cameras by enabling a Preset Tour.
A preset tour consists of the PTZ camera alternating between two or more preset locations. Once preset locations have been defined for a camera, any or all may be included as part of the camera’s preset tour.
During operation, a camera on tour continuously proceeds through its presets included as part of its tour.
CompleteView™ Auto Attendant
CompleteView™ Auto‐Attendant automates system operation in response to motion detect events. Auto Attendant automatically redirects a PTZ camera or cameras to a location of interest upon detecting motion events from a fixed camera.
One or more motion detect Zones can be defined within the field of view for each fixed‐camera in the system. During operation, video stream processing monitors motion‐detect Zones and generates a motion event when movement is detected within a Zone.
One or more Preset Locations can be assigned to each PTZ‐camera in the system. The
Auto‐Attendant can automatically redirect PTZ cameras having Preset Locations.
Upon detecting a motion event, the Auto‐Attendant takes action to redirect one or more PTZ cameras to assigned preset locations. Every PTZ camera participating in an
Auto‐Attendant action can be redirected to a single Preset Location or directed to step through a sequence of Preset Locations.
An Auto‐Attendant action can be pre‐programmed for each motion detect zone defined on all fixed cameras in the system.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 154
The Auto‐Attendant prioritizes motion detection Zones, allowing PTZ cameras to hold a view on a high priority area. The cameras maintain their position even if motion has been detected in other, lower‐priority areas. The Auto‐Attendant automatically cycles between preset locations having equal priority levels.
CompleteView™ HTTP Notifications
CompleteView™ incorporates an embedded web server that provides an interface for cameras and other third party devices to remotely initiate and terminate camera recordings.
A third party device, such as an Axis camera, can trigger alarm or motion recording on a specified camera in CompleteView. When CompleteView’s web server is enabled, the third party device can send a specially formatted URL to tell CompleteView to start or stop alarm or motion recording on a specified camera.
Creating and Managing Camera Objects
The server configuration Cameras Menu enables a system administrator to manage camera objects.
While this section describes how to manage camera objects using the Cameras Menu, functions available from the Cameras Menu can also be accessed via corresponding buttons in the server configuration console toolbar.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Cameras><{Camera}
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 155
Add Camera
Add QuickTrack
Camera
Clone IP Camera
Delete Camera
Move Up
Create a new IP Camera object.
Create a new QuickTrack
Camera source.
Duplicate selected IP camera object.
Remove selected IP Camera object.
Reorder selected Camera object upward.
Move Down
Live View
Reorder selected Camera object downward.
View live video from selected camera.
Move IP Cameras between
Servers.
Move/Copy
IP Camera
Camera
Search/Add
Search for cameras on the network.
Click to select Camera, right click opens menu
Figure 12‐18, Cameras Menu
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 156
To create an IP Camera Object:
1. In the Server Configuration console tree, select the Cameras container. Right click to open the Cameras Menu.
2. Mouse over, and select Add Camera. A New Camera dialogue will appear.
3. In the New Camera dialogue box, enter a name for the IP Camera device object being created. Click [OK].
4. The new camera object is created in the cameras container and ready for configuration.
To create a QuickTrack camera source:
1. In the Server Configuration console tree, select the Cameras container. Right click to open the Cameras Menu.
2. Mouse over and select Add QuickTrack Camera. A New QuickTrack Camera dialogue will appear.
3. In the New QuickTrack Camera dialogue box, enter a name for the
QuickTrack Camera object being created. Click [OK].
4. The new QuickTrack camera object is created in the cameras container and ready for configuration.
To clone an IP Camera Object:
1. In the Server Configuration console tree, select the Cameras container. Right click to open the Cameras Menu.
2. Mouse over and select Clone IP Camera. A New Camera dialogue will appear.
3. In the New Camera dialogue box, enter a name for the IP Camera object being created. Click [OK].
4. The cloned camera object is created in the schedules container and ready for configuration.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 157
To delete an IP Camera Object:
1. In the Server Configuration console tree expand the Cameras container. A list of camera objects will appear.
2. Select the camera to be deleted, then right click to open the Cameras Menu.
3. Mouse over and click Delete Camera. The selected camera object is removed from the server configuration Cameras container.
To reorder IP camera objects:
1. In the Server Configuration console tree expand the Cameras container. A list of Camera objects will appear.
2. Select the IP Camera Object to be moved.
3. Right click the selected Camera Object to open the Cameras Menu, then mouse over and click Move Up or Move Down as desired.
Reordering camera objects in the cameras container has no effect on the way
CompleteView™ manages cameras.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 158
To Live View an IP Camera
1. In the Server Configuration console tree, select the Cameras container then right click to open the Cameras Menu.
2. Mouse over and select Live View. A Live View pop‐up window will appear.
Live View
View Window PTZ
Figure 12‐19, Live View Dialogue
Presets
The Live View function is a convenient way to test each camera once it is configured.
The Live View pop‐up window is organized into three sections:
1. The View window
2. The PTZ Controls
3. The Preset Controls
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Live View PTZ Controls
Slider Control Adjust the PTZ speed
P a g e | 159
Arrow Buttons
Each button moves the camera incrementally in the direction clicked.
Zoom Buttons
Incrementally change the camera zoom‐ level.
Focus Buttons Incrementally change the camera focus.
Iris Buttons
Manually adjust the iris of the selected camera.
Table 12‐23, Live View PTZ Controls
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Live View Preset Controls
Presets
P a g e | 160
List of existing presets by preset ID number and name
Presets Name
[Show] Button
Enter the desired name of the preset, select the number to which the name will correspond, set the camera, click Set.
(Note: Name is only configurable for mechanical PTZ cameras.)
Show presets for the camera being configured
[Set] Button
Set the current camera position (and name, if applicable) as a preset location.
Table 12‐24, Live View Preset Controls
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 161
To move/copy IP Cameras:
Moving an IP Camera involves moving a camera object from a source server configuration to a destination server configuration.
Copying an IP Camera duplicates a camera object within a server configuration.
To move or copy IP Cameras use the Move or Copy IP Cameras dialogue. To open the
Move or Copy IP Cameras dialogue:
1. In the Server Configuration console tree, select the Cameras container. Right click to open the Cameras Menu.
2. Mouse over and select Move/Copy IP Cameras… The Move or Copy IP
Cameras dialogue will appear
Move or Copy IP Cameras
Source Server Button Group Destination Server
Figure 12‐20, Move or Copy IP Cameras
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 162
The CompleteView™ VMS is licensed on a per camera basis. Moving cameras between servers requires available IP Camera license(s) on the destination server.
The Move or Copy IP Cameras dialogue is organized into three verticle sections:
The leftmost section presents the source, server configuration.
The rightmost section presents the destination, server configuration.
The middle section consists of two button groups that enable camera objects to be moved between the source and destination servers.
The source and destination sections of the Move or Copy IP Cameras dialogue, each consists of a Server drop‐down menu and a Cameras Window.
The Server drop‐down menu contains a list of available source or destination servers.
Use this control to select the source and destination server configurations, respectively.
The Cameras Window contains a list of available camera objects in the selected source and destination server configurations. Available cameras are each listed alongside a corresponding checkbox. Use the corresponding checkbox to select or deselect the camera objects to be moved or copied.
To Copy
an IP
Camera:
1. In the Move or Copy IP Cameras dialogue source section, click the carat next to the Server drop‐down menu. A menu list of available source servers will open.
2. Mouse over and select the desired source server.
3. In the Move or Copy IP Cameras dialogue destination section, click the carat next to the Server drop‐down menu. A menu list of available destination servers will open.
4. Mouse over and select the desired destination server.
5. In the Move or Copy IP Cameras dialogue source section, click to check the corresponding checkbox for each camera to be copied.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 163
6. In the Move or Copy IP Cameras button group section, click the [Copy‐>] button. The selected camera objects are copied from the source Cameras
Window to the destination Cameras Window.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 164
To Move an IP Camera
:
1. In the Move or Copy IP Cameras dialogue source section, click the carat next to the Server drop‐down menu. A menu list of available source servers will open.
2. Mouse over and select the desired source server.
3. In the Move or Copy IP Cameras dialogue destination section, click the carat next to the Server drop‐down menu. A menu list of available destination servers will open.
4. Mouse over and select the desired destination server.
5. In the Move or Copy IP Cameras dialogue Cameras Window, click to check the corresponding checkbox for each camera to be moved.
6. In the Move or Copy IP Cameras source section, click the [Move‐>] button.
The selected camera objects are moved from the source Cameras Window to the destination Cameras Window.
To search for and add IP Cameras:
The Camera Search/Add dialogue automatically discovers and lists µPnP compatible IP cameras attached to the network.
IP Cameras discovered in this way can then be automatically added to the current server configuration. Discovered cameras may be added singly or multiple discovered cameras may be added simultaneously.
When adding discovered cameras, the Camera Search/Add dialogue automatically tests the video stream from each camera being added. Upon successful testing a camera object is created for each tested camera and placed in the server configuration Cameras container.
If multiple cameras are added simultaneously, all of the cameras being added must use the same video compression type and share the same username/password credentials.
The CompleteView™ VMS is licensed on a per camera basis. Adding cameras to the current server configuration requires available IP Camera license(s).
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 165
To detect µPnP compatible IP Cameras open the Camera Search /Add dialogue:
1. In the Server Configuration console tree, select the Cameras container then right click to open the Cameras Menu.
2. Mouse over and select Camera Search Add…. A Camera Search /Add dialogue will appear.
Camera Search/Add Dialogue
Figure 12‐21, Camera Search/Add Dialogue
When the Camera Search /Add dialogue displays, a passive µPnP discovery is in process. As µPnP notifications are received, the Camera Search /Add dialogue
Discovered devices window is automatically populated with discovered devices.
The µPnP protocol utilizes multicast transmissions. Depending on the network configuration, multicast transmissions might not be propagated across physical network segments or IP subnets.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 166
To view the µPnP device information for a discovered device:
1. In the Camera Search /Add dialogue, double‐click to select a listed device. A
Device Info dialogue will appear containing the µPnP information for the selected device.
2. Click [OK] to close the Device Info dialogue.
To add discovered cameras to the Server Configuration:
1. In the Camera Search /Add dialogue, select a listed camera. Multiple cameras can be selected by depressing and holding the [CTRL] or [SHIFT] key and click the listed cameras for selection.
2. In the Camera Search /Add dialogue, Username and Password textbox, enter a Username and Password, respectively, for the selected camera/cameras.
3. In the Camera Search /Add dialogue using the Stream Type radio buttons, select a video stream type.
4. In the Camera Search /Add dialogue, click [Add Selected Cameras]. An automated test of each selected camera begins.
The Camera Search /Add dialogue, Discovered devices window, Status column, indicates automated test progress and results as follows:
Status
Testing…
Added/Passed
Failed…
Skipped
1.
Description
Automated test in progress
Automated test successful
Automated test failed
Add camera operation aborted
Status Testing indicates that the automated camera‐add function is attempting to connect to the camera under test and acquire a video stream.
Status Added indicates that the automated test was successful and a camera object has been created for the camera under test.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 167
Status Failed… indicates that the automated test was not successful. When encountered, an Edit Camera dialogue automatically displays.
Status Skipped indicates that the Add Camera operation has been aborted for the camera under test.
The Edit Camera Dialogue
The Edit Camera dialogue automatically displays whenever an Add Camera operation initiated by the Camera Search/Add function fails.
This dialogue contains settings that determine how a failed camera will be treated.
Edit Camera Dialogue
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 12‐22, Camera Edit Dialogue
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 168
To reconfigure and retest a failed camera:
1. In the Edit Camera dialogue, verify and edit as needed: a. The cameras configured Manufacturer and Model specification b. The cameras configured video stream type
c. The cameras configured RTSP port d. The cameras configured logon credentials
2. In the Edit Camera dialogue, Actions section, select the Retry radio button.
3. Click [Perform Action]. The automated video acquisition test is repeated.
To add a failed camera unconditionally:
1. In the Edit Camera, dialogue Actions section, select the Add without video
acquisition test radio button.
2. Click [Perform Action]. The automated video acquisition test is not repeated and a camera object is unconditionally created for the camera under test.
To ignore a failed camera:
1. In the Edit Camera dialogue Actions section, select skip radio button.
2. Click [Perform Action]. The automated video acquisition test is not repeated and no camera object is created for the camera under test.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 169
Configuring Cameras
When a camera is selected in the Configuration Utility console tree, the console details pane contains a set of tabbed windows
Cameras, General Settings Window
The cameras <General> window contains settings relating to various camera parameters and video compressor settings.
The parameters and options available for configuration may vary depending the manufacturer and model of the camera being configured.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Cameras>{Camera}>General
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 12‐23, Cameras General Tab
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 170
Camera Parameter Settings
Enabled
Specifies whether the camera input is enabled or disabled
Name
Video Quality
An assigned unique name for the camera being configured
Selects MPEG‐4 codec
Video Size
Lens Type
Lens Orientation
Lens Profile
Calibrate Fisheye
Globally sets the video capture resolution for all cameras managed by the server being configured.
Select standard or panomorph lens
Select camera placement.
The registered panomorph lens number specific to Immervision, which can be found on the lens itself
(Only visible on Sentry360 models) – Used to launch calibration of certain Sentry360 fisheye cameras. See Appendix E for details.
Scheduled
Recording FPS
External Alarm
Recording FPS
Motion Detection
FPS
Sets the recording frame rate for Scheduled video recordings
Sets the recording frame rate for External Alarm video recordings
Time Stamp Overlay
Camera Name
Overlay
Stream Properties
Overlay
Sets the recording frame rate for Motion Detection video recordings
Adds the date and time to the lower right‐hand corner of the video input
Adds the name of the camera, as defined in the Name setting, to the upper left‐hand corner of the video input
Displays compression, bit rate, frame rate, and resolution information in the top left corner of the video input
Black and White
Camera
Selects whether the camera connected to the input is black & white
Camera
Adjustments
Camera Adjustments permits adjustments to be made to the video signal of directly‐connected analog cameras
Apply to all Cameras Applies selected settings of the current camera to ALL cameras
Table 12‐25, Camera Parameter Settings
The Enabled checkbox specifies that video input from the camera being configured is either enabled or disabled. Check this box to enable video from the camera being configured. The Enabled setting overrides the cameras’ recording Schedule, camera
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 171 video is not recorded when a camera is disabled. In addition, both local and remote viewing of the camera is not available.
When a client connects to a disabled camera input, the user will receive a message indicating that connection to the server succeeded, but that the camera input is disabled.
The Name text box specifies the cameras assigned Name. The assigned name is used to identify the camera system‐wide and must be unique among all cameras in the system.
The Video Quality drop‐down menu selects the quality of video compressed using the
MPEG‐4 codec. This setting affects both recorded and live‐view video.
MJPEG format will permit recording Scheduled recordings at a lower frame rate and Motion recordings at a higher frame rate. H.264 and MPEG4 will both record at the higher frame rate.
The Video Size drop‐down menu selects the video capture resolution for all cameras managed by the CompleteView™ Server. The actual video capture size specified by this configuration option cannot be overridden or otherwise changed by a video client.
When a mismatch occurs between the camera video size and the video size specified by a client, video viewing tile, the camera video will be adjusted accordingly.
For example, camera video sized to 160 x 120 and then displayed in a 640 x 480
CompleteView™ Client viewing tile will be stretched to fill the 640 x 480 display.
The Lens Type drop‐down menu applies only when using a supported panomorph lens on the selected camera.
The Lens Orientation setting applies to panomorph lenses, and will indicate Ceiling,
Ground, or Wall.
Lens Profile describes the registered panomorph lens number, is specific to
Immervision, and can be found on the lens.
The Scheduled Recording FPS drop‐down menu sets the video recording frame rate for Scheduled, continuous recording as specified in the camera recording Schedule.
The External Alarm Recording FPS drop‐down menu sets the video recording frame rate for video recorded during External Alarm events.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 172
The Motion Detection FPS drop‐down menu sets the video recording frame rate for video recorded during Motion Detect events.
The Time Stamp Overlay checkbox enables a date and time overlay at the lower right‐ hand corner of the video input.
The Camera Name Overlay checkbox enables a camera Name overlay at the upper left‐hand corner of the video input. The camera Name is determined by the <General> window, Name setting.
The Stream Properties Overlay enables the display of compression, bitrate, frame rate, and resolution information.
The Black and White Camera checkbox specifies that the camera input is black and white video.
The Apply These Settings to All Cameras button applies selected settings from the current camera to all cameras on the server.
The selected settings include:
Time Stamp Overlay
Camera Name Overlay
Stream Properties Overlay
Video Quality
Keyframe Rate
Scheduled Recording FPS
External Alarm FPS
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Motion Detection FPS
P a g e | 173
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 174
Camera Adjustments permits adjustments to be made to the video signal of directly connected analog cameras.
Gen I capture card adjustments:
Gen I Capture Card Adjustments
Brightness – Changes the brightness of the video.
Contrast – Changes the contrast of the video.
Hue – Changes the color balance of the video.
Saturation – Changes the color level of the video.
Sharpness – Changes the sharpness of the video.
Gamma – Changes the gamma level of the video.
White Balance – Changes the white balance of the video.
Backlight Comp – Enables / disables backlight compensation.
Defaults – Resets all adjustments to their default values.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 175
The checkboxes to the right of saturation, sharpness and gamma indicate whether automatic control of the adjustment is either enabled or disabled. Un‐check the ‘auto’ box in order to apply any change to these settings.
Gen II capture card adjustments:
Gen II Capture Card Adjustments
Brightness – Changes the brightness of the video.
Contrast – Changes the contrast of the video.
Hue – Changes the color balance of the video.
Saturation – Changes the color level of the video.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 176
Sharpness – Changes the sharpness of the video.
Defaults – Resets all adjustments to their default values.
Enable Deinterlacing – Analog video produces a picture (or frame) by
“painting” two separate, interlaced visual fields. When Enable Deinterlacing is selected, CompleteView digitally combines both fields and presents them as one cohesive image, which is useful for video processing purposes. In the process of digitizing and combining the interlaced fields, some video artifacts and motion‐blurring may arise from the time delay intrinsic to the separate field renderings in the original interlaced video. CompleteView includes smoothing functionality to address the potential anomalies. Generally speaking, Enable Deinterlacing should be on, unless there is known deinterlacing of the video stream before it reaches the CompleteView server.
Enable Motion Based Smoothing – Initiates smoothing on deinterlaced video, based on detected motion in the camera’s field of view. If no motion is detected, no smoothing is applied. Use the slider to increase or decrease motion sensitivity.
Enable Median Smoothing – If checked, smoothing is always on.
Enable Noise Reduction – When selected, will apply an algorithm to “clean up” analog video, reducing grain and video artifacts. Use the Luma Strength slider to enhance or decrease the achromatic (black and white) elements of the video picture. Use the Chroma Strength slider to enhance or decrease the color elements of the video picture.
Stream Compression Settings
Stream Compression settings allow the System Administrator to specify the video compression used for the various streams that can originate from a single cameras' video.
Camera Video Stream Compression Settings
From Camera
Select compression type for stream from camera
Record As
Stream as
Select compression type for recording
Select compression type for streaming to clients
Table 12‐26, Stream Compression Settings
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 177
The “From Camera” compression setting specifies the compression used for a video stream as received from the camera.
The “Record As” compression setting specifies the compression used for a video stream as recorded to a video storage volume.
The “Stream As” compression setting specifies the compression used for the video stream provided to video clients.
GOP Length sets the preferred number Group Of Pictures CompleteView grabs from the camera.
The three camera video streams may be encoded independently using one of three
CODECS:
MJPEG: IP cameras use MJPEG (Motion JPEG) video compression by default.
MJPEG generates larger video files than Basic MPEG4. The larger video files use more disk space, and as a result, both video retention time is decreased and more network bandwidth is consumed. The MJPEG video compressor may also be used with analog CCTV cameras.
This video compressor is best suited to low frame‐rate camera sources, and those where there is constant large‐scale movement, such as a pan‐tilt‐zoom camera that is on a preset tour.
Enhanced MPEG4: This video compression codec utilizes the latest enhancements in MPEG4, resulting in extremely high quality MPEG4 video files that are much smaller than those compressed with MJPEG. When compared to Basic MPEG4, using this codec results in a slight increase in video retention time and a decrease in network bandwidth consumption.
Enhanced MPEG4, however, allows video size to be different for each camera input using the codec.
H.264: This codec provides the highest level of compression resulting in the lowest files sizes and highest retention times.
H.264 consumes the most processing power (CPU cycles) as compared with the other codecs. When using H.264, it is highly recommended to select "Disable Stream
Processing" in the <IP> window settings to reduce CPU utilization.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 178
Cameras, Volumes Window
The <Volumes> window enables the System Administrator to associate the camera being configured with video storage volumes available on the server. When required by established Schedules, video from the camera being configured is automatically stored in real‐time to its associated storage volumes.
Backup and Archive video volumes cannot be associated with a camera for automatically storing camera video.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Cameras>{Camera}>Volumes
Figure 12‐24, Cameras Volumes Window
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 179
Volumes Settings
Volume
List of storage volumes available on the server
Table 12‐27, Volumes Settings
The <Volumes> window contains a Volume list box. The Volume list box contains a list of all storage volumes available for association with the camera being configured.
Each volume in the list corresponds to a checkbox control.
To associate the camera being configured with a storage volume, select the checkbox control corresponding to the target storage volume.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Cameras, IP Window
P a g e | 180
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Cameras>{Camera}>IP
Figure 12‐25, Cameras IP Window
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 181
Camera IP Settings
Manufacturer
Model
Address
Image Path
Timeout
Retries
Stream Type
Disable Stream
Processing
Compression of
Recorded Video
Selects the camera manufacturer
Selects the camera model
Specify the cameras’ IP address
Camera ID
HTTP Port
Select the cameras’ channel number
Specify the camera web service TCP port number
RTSP/Stream/Control
Port
Specify the camera RTSP port
Configure
Username
Password
Access cameras’ web‐service configuration
Camera web service logon username
Camera web service logon password
Path to a still image on the camera
Camera communications timeout in seconds
Camera communications retries
Select video stream compression format
Disables any decoding of the video stream on the recording server use the original compressed image as received from the camera
Table 12‐28, Camera IP Settings
The Manufacturer drop down menu contains a list of supported cameras. Mouse over and select the manufacturer of the camera being configured.
The Model drop down menu contains a list of supported camera models from the selected manufacturer.
The Address text field specifies the hostname or IP address of the camera being configured. Enter the IP address or hostname of the IP camera.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 182
The Camera ID drop down menu applies only to multi‐channel analog to digital video encoders. The drop down menu contains the list of channels available on the encoder.
Select the camera's channel number from this list.
The HTTP Port text field specifies the TCP port number serviced by the cameras built‐ in web server. Enter the web‐server port number for the camera being configured.
The RTSP Port/Stream Port/Control Port text fields specify ports used to support the streaming protocol employed by the camera being configured. These fields appear depending upon the Manufacturer and Camera selected.
The RTSP Port applies to MPEG‐4 video streams only. The default RTSP port is 554.
The Stream Port and Control Port fields are complementary, and generally apply to implementations of the Real Time Transport (RTP)/Real Time Control (RTCP) Protocol pair.
The Configure button automatically launches a web browser and accesses the camera web server.
The Username and Password fields specify user account credentials needed to access the camera web service.
The Image Path field applies only to the Generic IP Camera drivers. Specify the path to a still image on the camera being configured.
For example, if the full path to the still image is 'http://myipcamera/images/still.jpg', then enter 'images/still.jpg' as the image path.
The Timeout control specifies the time in seconds CompleteView™ waits for responses to communication attempts with the camera. When a timeout occurs, the
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 183 communication attempt will retry according to the value specified by the Retries control.
The default timeout is 3 seconds. Change the 3‐second timeout only at the direction of
Salient support personnel.
The Retries Control specifies the quantity of attempts CompleteView™ will make to communicate with a camera before determining the camera is unreachable.
The default retry count is three (3). Change this setting only at the direction of Salient support personnel.
The Stream Type radio buttons select the CODEC used to decode video from the camera being configured.
The Disable Stream Processing checkbox disables all processing by the recording server of the video stream input from the camera. When stream processing is disabled, video is recorded exactly as received from the camera.
This option increases server performance, however, features such as transcoding,
Dynamic Resolution Scaling, text overlay and motion detection, camera preview in setup, snapshot image attachments to email alerts, camera name overlay & timestamp overlay will not be available
Compression of Recorded Video – This switch controls whether or not
CompleteView™ should use the original compressed image as received from the camera, or recompress the images using the video compressor specified in the
<General> window of the camera configuration.
If the original video from the camera is chosen, CompleteView™ will be unable to add the date/time, camera name, or other text overlays to the archived video files. The overlays will appear in all live video streams.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 184
On Camera Alerting
CompleteView™ supports edge based device alarms on many manufacturers’ cameras.
Alarms are contingent upon the feature set of the specific make and model of camera.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Cameras>{Camera}>IP
Figure 12-26, Use On-Camera Alerting
The On‐Camera Alerting controls function in concert with the event and alarm feature set of many IP cameras. The list of available features will differ from camera to camera.
On‐camera alerting will work for cameras streaming MJPEG or MPEG4 video streams. Within the camera’s interface, 'Trigger Data' must be turned on for the camera to provide CompleteView with camera event notifications.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Camera Specific, On Camera Alert Settings
Use On‐Camera Alerting
Enables camera based alerting
Configure Alerts
Open the Camera Alarm Events dialogue
Table 12‐29, On Camera Alert Settings
P a g e | 185
To enable camera‐based alerting, check the Use On‐Camera Alerting checkbox.
To configure camera‐based alerts, click the [Configure Alerts] button. The Camera
Alarm Events dialogue will appear:
Figure 12‐27, Camera Alarm Event Configuration
The Camera Alarm Event Configuration dialogue lists a number of event types. Each event type is associated with one or more actions.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 186
Enable events and their associated actions by selecting the Alarm from the list, and selecting the Enable checkbox. Select the recording event type by selecting the Alarm, and choosing either Motion or Alarm from the dropdown menu. Click [OK] when done.
On‐Camera Events
Motion Events
Audio Events
Trigger actions upon camera‐based motion detection
Trigger actions upon camera‐based audio detection
Detect Tampering
Triggers actions upon camera‐based tampering detection
On Camera IO Triggers
Triggers actions upon camera‐based digital input activity
Video Loss
Triggers actions upon encoder based video loss detection
Table 12‐30, Camera Alarm Events Sample
Each event type is able to trigger a recording
Event‐Triggered Recordings run for the duration of the event and are marked as either Alarm or Motion Detect recordings as described in the On‐Camera Event
Configuration dialogue box.
Using HTTP Notifications
Cameras can trigger CompleteView™ Motion or Alarm recording in response to on‐ camera events. The CompleteView™ integrated web‐server provides an HTTP command format used to receive HTTP notifications from third party devices.
Implementing camera‐based HTTP notifications requires configuration steps taken in
CompleteView™ as well as on the camera.
Enable the CompleteView™ web server
Setup notification command URLs on the camera
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 187
Axis One Click Connection
CompleteView supports Axis One Click Connection feature built into most Axis
Communications cameras. Axis One Click Connection simplifies installation by reducing the IP configuration necessary to connect the camera to the CompleteView
Video Management System. Please contact Salient for Axis One Click Connection setup documentation.
Cameras, PTZ Window
The Cameras <PTZ> window contains the settings required to enable Pan‐Tilt‐Zoom control over the camera being configured.
The <PTZ> window organizes camera PTZ settings into three groups:
PTZ Settings
Timeouts
Preset Tour
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Cameras>{Camera}>PTZ
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 12‐28, Cameras PTZ Window
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 188
Camera PTZ Settings
The PTZ Settings group specifies the communications parameters required to interface with the PTZ camera being configured.
Camera PTZ Settings
PTZ Enabled
Enables PTZ camera control functions
Protocol
Selects the control protocol CompleteView™ uses to communicate with the selected camera
ID
Assigns the camera ID, should equal the camera physical ID
Flip Directions
Serial Port
Mirrors left/right movement commands
For analog cameras, specifies which RS‐232C serial port on the
CompleteView™ Server is used to communicate with the PTZ camera
Default Monitor
Assigns a default monitor to use when selecting the camera on an analog matrix switch
Table 12‐31, Camera PTZ Settings
The PTZ Enabled checkbox enables PTZ camera control functions for the camera being configured.
The Protocol drop down menu selects the control protocol CompleteView™ uses to communicate with the camera being configured.
Most PTZ camera manufacturers communicate with their cameras using proprietary protocols. Use the Protocol drop down menu to select the appropriate camera manufacturer/protocol.
The Digital PTZ protocol enables CompleteView™ to perform virtual PTZ operations within the cameras’ fixed field of view.
The ID box assigns an ID number to the PTZ camera. This value should equal the physical ID number of the camera. Please refer to the documentation that came with the PTZ camera for more information on configuring the camera ID.
The Flip Directions checkbox causes mirrored operation of left/right movement commands.
The Serial Port drop down menu applies to analog PTZ cameras. This setting specifies which RS‐232C serial port on the CompleteView™ server connects to the PTZ camera being configured.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 189
The Default Monitor control enables and assigns a default monitor for use when selecting the camera on an analog matrix switch.
PTZ Timeouts Settings
PTZ Timeouts Settings
Arbitration Timeout
Inactivity Timeout
PTZ contention back off period in seconds
Timeout period specified to detect camera inactivity
Auto‐Home after Inactivity
Auto‐Home Preset
Delay period specified before automatic actions upon inactivity timeout
Cameras’ preset home attitude or location
Table 12‐32, PTZ Timeouts Settings
The Arbitration Timeout specifies the back off period that expires when contention occurs between users attempting to control the same camera.
User access to camera PTZ controls is prioritized. The user with the highest priority always gains immediate PTZ control. When users having the same or lower priority contend for access to a camera already under user control, CompleteView™ initiates the Arbitration Timeout.
If the Arbitration Timeout expires without any control activity from the user currently granted PTZ access, PTZ control passes to the contending user with the highest priority.
If PTZ activity occurs during the Arbitration Timeout, the timeout resets and continues to run.
The arbitration timer continues to run in this manner until PTZ control passes due either to timer expiration or contention from a higher priority user.
Inactivity Timeout is the period, measured in seconds, CompleteView™ waits in order to detect an idle camera. If no communication has been received during the Inactivity
Timeout, the camera is treated as idle and the following behaviors occur:
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 190
If a preset tour is defined and active, then CompleteView™ will restart the tour from the beginning.
If a preset tour is defined but inactive (a user turned off the preset tour in the CompleteView Client), and the Auto‐Home after inactivity timeout has been enabled, then CompleteView will show the Auto‐Home Preset location.
If no preset tour is defined, and the Auto‐Home after inactivity timeout has been enabled, then CompleteView™ will show the Auto‐Home Preset location.
If neither a preset tour nor auto‐home after inactivity timeout is enabled,
CompleteView will do nothing.
Auto‐Home after Inactivity sets the number of seconds that CompleteView™ should wait after control input ends before performing an automatic action.
Auto‐Home Preset Sets the number of seconds that CompleteView™ should wait after control input ends before performing an automatic action.
Preset Tour Settings
The Preset Tour settings determine preset tour behavior.
Preset Tour Settings
Enable
Off on Server Start
Enable/disable preset tour
Enable/disable automatic tour startup
Dwell Time
Location Scroll Box
Time in seconds to wait at a preset location before proceeding to the next
List of pre‐set locations
Table 12‐33, Preset Tour Settings
The Enable checkbox determines if the Preset Tour will run. Check to select and enable the preset tour.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 191
The Off on Server Start checkbox determine if the Preset Tour runs automatically upon CompleteView™ server startup. Check to select and disable automatic preset tour start.
The Dwell Time Control specifies the length of time, in seconds, the camera attitude should remain at a pre‐set location before proceeding to the next.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 192
Cameras, Motion/Alarm Window
The Motion / Alarm tab contains settings controlling software motion detection and external alarm IO behavior of the CompleteView™ server.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Cameras>{Camera}>Motion/Alarm
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 12‐29, Cameras Motion/Alarm Window
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 193
Motion/Alarm Recording Behavior Settings
Pre‐alarm/Pre‐motion
Time in seconds to record prior to a motion/alarm event
Post Motion
Time in seconds to continue recording after a motion event
Post Alarm
Send To Preset
Time in seconds to continue recording after an alarm event
Execute Show Preset (n) command upon alarm event
Table 12‐34, Recording Behavior Settings
The Pre‐alarm/Pre‐motion control specifies the time in seconds to capture video prior to a motion/alarm event. Pre‐ motion/alarm recording is specified in 5‐second increments, and is adjustable from 5 to 120 seconds.
The Post Motion control specifies the time in seconds to continue recording after a motion event.
The Post Alarm control specifies the time in seconds to continue recording after an alarm event.
The Send to Preset Before Alarm Recording checkbox configures CompleteView™ to execute a Show Preset (n) command upon an external alarm event.
Motion Zone Controls
Motion Zones
Motion Sensitivity
Opens the Motion Detect Configuration Editor
Motion Zone Actions
Enable
Only When Motion
Scheduled
Sets the motion detection sensitivity
Enables automatic PTZ auto‐attendant response to motion events
Restricts Motion Zone commands to periods of time when motion recording is scheduled
Table 12‐35, Motion Zone Controls
The Motion Zones button opens the Motion Detect Configuration Editor. Refer to
Section The Motion Zones Dialogue for details on configuring motion detect zones.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 194
The Motion Sensitivity slider control sets the sensitivity of the motion detection engine for the selected camera. The sensitivity scale is from zero (0) to one hundred
100, with a default value of 80. Lowering this value decreases the sensitivity of the motion detection, while increasing the value makes the motion detection more sensitive.
Motion Zone Actions Enable checkbox enables automatic PTZ auto‐attendant response to motion events for the camera being configured.
The Only When Motion Scheduled checkbox Restricts Motion Zone commands to periods of time when motion recording is scheduled.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 195
The Motion Zones Dialogue
The Motion Zones dialogue sets the areas, or zones, that the video motion detection
(VMD) engine should analyze for movement. Use as few zones as possible, as each motion zone enabled requires additional CPU processing time. The more zones there are, the more CPU time is required to perform motion analysis. In addition, try to avoid the overlapping of zones.
Motion Zones Dialogue
Table 12‐36, Motions Zones Dialogue
Mode Group Buttons
Select Zone
New Zone
Erase Zone
Erase All
Select an existing motion detect zone
Add a new motion detect zone
Delete the selected motion detect zone
Delete all motion detect zones
Table 12‐37, Motion Zones Mode Group Buttons
The Select Zone button selects an existing zone for action editing.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 196
The New Zone button adds a new motion detect zone within the camera field of view.
To add a motion detect zone:
1. Select the [New Zone] button.
2. Within the camera field of view, click and hold the left mouse button at the upper‐left hand corner of where to begin the zone. Drag the mouse to expand the zone. When the zone is covering the location to be analyzed, release the mouse button and the motion detection zone will be created.
The Erase Zone button deletes a single motion detect zone. To delete a motion detect zone:
1. Select the [Erase Zone] button.
2. Within the camera field of view, select a motion detect zone. The selected motion detect zone is deleted from the camera field of view.
The Erase All button deletes all motion detect zones from the camera field of view.
Selected Zone Group Controls
Priority
Set Auto Attendant priority level for the selected zone
Actions
Opens the Actions dialogue
Table 12‐38, Selected Zone Controls
The Selected Zone group of controls determines CompleteView™ Auto‐Attendant behavior for each zone.
The Priority drop down list specifies Auto‐Attendant PTZ priority for the selected zone.
The Actions button opens the Actions dialogue. The Actions dialogue is used to create and edit actions taken by the CompleteView™ Auto‐Attendant upon motion detect events within each motion detect zone.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 197
The Actions Dialogue
Together, the Actions dialogue and the Add Action dialogue provide the ability to specify an action or sequence of actions taken by the CompleteView™ Auto‐
Attendant upon motion detection within a zone.
An Action involves directing a particular PTZ camera to a particular PTZ preset, e.g. field of view, location.
The Actions dialogue lists the Action or sequence of actions to be taken upon motion detection within a zone, provides the ability to add new actions or remove existing actions.
Actions Dialogue
Figure 12‐30, Actions Dialogue
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Actions Dialogue Controls
Add
Add an action
Remove
Live View
Delete selected action
Open a Live View video window
OK
Cancel
Close the Actions dialogue saving changes
Close the Actions dialogue discarding changes
Figure 12‐31, Actions Dialogue Controls
P a g e | 198
The Add button opens the Add Action dialogue. The add action dialogue is used to assign or edit the list of Send Camera actions taken by the CompleteView™ Auto‐
Attendant upon motion detect occurring within each motion detect zone.
The Remove button deletes the selected Action.
The Live View button opens a Live View video window. Use the Live View video window to define camera presets. A PTZ camera preset is the physical attitude of the camera with respect to elevation and train within its field of motion. CompleteView™ uses presets to point the camera at well‐known locations in order to achieve a particular field of view.
The OK button closes the Actions dialogue saving changes.
The Cancel button closes the Actions dialogue discarding changes.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 199
The Add Action Dialogue
The Add Action dialogue defines an action to be taken upon motion detection within a zone.
An Action involves directing a particular PTZ camera to a particular PTZ preset location, i.e. field of view.
The Add Action dialogue provides the ability to associate a camera with a preset and add that association to the Actions dialogue, actions list.
Add Action Dialogue
Figure 12‐32, Add Action Dialogue
Add Action Dialogue Controls
Send Camera
Select camera that will execute this action
To Preset
Select the preset location for Send Camera to view
Live
OK
Open a Live View video window
Close the Actions dialogue saving changes
Cancel
Salient Systems Corporation
Close the Actions dialogue discarding changes
Figure 12‐33, Add Action Dialogue Controls
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 200
The Send Camera drop down list selects the camera that will execute this action.
Upon motion detection with a zone, CompleteView™ issues a Send Camera command to the selected camera. The Send Camera command directs the camera to the preset location specified by the To Preset drop down list.
The To Preset drop down list selects the preset location to view. The preset location specified by the To Preset control is the destination of the Send Camera command issued to the camera specified by the Send Camera control.
The Live button opens a Live View video window. Use the Live View video window to define camera presets. A PTZ camera preset is the physical attitude of the camera with respect to elevation and train within its field of motion. CompleteView™ uses presets to point the camera at well‐known locations in order to achieve a particular field of view.
The OK button closes the Actions dialogue saving changes.
The Cancel button closes the Actions dialogue discarding changes.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 201
Live View Preset Editor
This dialog allows configuration and display of presets for the selected PTZ camera.
The controls in this dialogue are disabled when a camera that is not PTZ capable is selected.
A PTZ camera preset is the physical attitude of the camera with respect to elevation and train within its field of motion. CompleteView™ uses presets to point the camera at well‐known locations in order to achieve a particular field of view.
Live View Dialogue
Figure 12-34, Live View
Using the Live View controls, position a PTZ camera within its field of motion in order to achieve a desired field of view. Once a desired field of view is achieved, the
Presets controls in the Live View dialogue can save the camera position as a Preset
Location.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 202
Live View PTZ Controls
PTZ Slider Control
Adjust the velocity of PTZ camera movements
PTZ Direction Buttons
Move the camera field of view in the indicated direction
Zoom
Focus
Ins
Control zoom for mechanical and digital PTZ cameras
Manual focus control for mechanical PTZ cameras
Manual iris control for mechanical PTZ cameras
Table 12‐39, Live View PTZ Controls
Live View Presets Controls
Presets List
List of existing presets by preset ID number and name
Presets Name
Show
Set
Enter the desired name of the preset, select the number to which the name will correspond, set the camera, click Set. (Note: Name is only configurable for mechanical PTZ cameras.)
Show presets for the camera being configured
Set the current camera position (and name, if applicable) as a preset location
Table 12‐40, Live View Presets Controls
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 203
Cameras, Audio Window
The camera configuration <Audio> window enables a system audio source to be associated with the video stream from the camera being configured.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Cameras>{Camera}>Audio
Figure 12‐35, Cameras Audio Window
Camera Audio Settings
Enable Audio
Enable audio stream association
Audio Source
Channel
Specify the audio source
Select left or right audio channel
Table 12‐41, Camera Audio Settings
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 204
The Enable Audio checkbox enables CompleteView™ to associate an audio stream with the video stream from the camera being configured.
The Audio Source drop down menu specifies the audio device or stream to associate with the video stream from the camera being configured.
The Channel radio buttons assign either the left or the right channel from the selected audio source to the video stream from the camera being configured.
An Audio Feature Key is required to enable camera audio.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 205
Cameras, Email Window
CompleteView™ can deliver email notifications to one or more recipients when certain alarm events occur. This is configurable on a per‐camera basis.
An email server must be configured in the Server Configuration <Email> window in order for camera alarm emails to be delivered.
The camera configuration <Email> window determines which alarm events will cause an email to be transmitted and specifies the content of transmitted emails.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Cameras>{Camera}>Email
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 12‐36, Cameras Email Window
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Email Settings
Send Email on
Enable Email Notifications
Include Snapshot
Email Subject
Recipients
Apply to All Cameras
Select notification event
Enable email notifications
Include .jpeg still image as attachment
Email Notification Subject Line
Recipient List
Applies the settings to all cameras
Table 12‐42, Email Settings
P a g e | 206
The Send Email on dropdown list selects the event for which to configure an email notification. Once configured, CompleteView™ transmits email notifications for each event occurrence. Email notifications may be configured for multiple events.
Notification Events include:
Sync Loss: When CompleteView™ detects a loss of video signal, the server generates a notification email with an optional JPEG still image file attachment. By default, the
JPEG still image is taken from the start of the event.
External Alarm: When an external alarm event occurs, the server generates a notification email with an optional JPEG still image file attachment. By default, the
JPEG still image is taken from the start of the event.
Motion Detected: When a motion detected event occurs, the server generates a notification email with an optional JPEG still image file attachment. By default, the
JPEG still image is taken from the start of the event.
Sync Gained: Following a Sync Lost event, when CompleteView™ reconnects to the camera, the server generates a notification email with an optional JPEG still image file attachment. By default, the JPEG still image is taken from the start of the event.
Recording Failed: If a recording fails to be written to a camera volume, an email notification is sent.
The Email Notifications Enabled checkbox configures CompleteView™ to transmit email notifications.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 207
The Include Snapshot checkbox configures CompleteView™ to include a JPEG still image as a file attachment to the notification email. Each 320 x 240 JPEG still image is approximately 10KB in size.
The Delay before Taking Snapshot control specifies a delay period, in seconds, after the alarm has triggered before taking the snapshot.
The Email Subject text box specifies the notification email header, subject line.
The Recipients text box specifies Internet format email addresses of the persons who should receive the notification. Include multiple recipients by separating the email addresses with a comma.
Email Notification Limits Settings
Maximum Emails
Enable and specify the max quantity emails sent per occurrence
Minimum Interval
Between Emails
Enable and specify the minimum interval between emails sent per occurrence
Delay Prior to Sending
Enable and specify time delay between event and email
Only After
Enable and select Event Type limitation
Table 12‐43, Email Notification Limits
The Maximum Emails checkbox and spinner control enables and specifies a limit on the quantity of email notifications sent per event occurrence. Check the Maximum
Emails checkbox to enable the email quantity limit and specify the maximum quantity using the maximum quantity, spinner control.
The Minimum Interval between Emails checkbox and text box enables and specifies a minimum delay between email notifications when multiple emails are sent per event occurrence. Check the Maximum Interval checkbox to enable the delay and specify the delay in seconds in the textbox.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 208
The Delay Prior to Sending Email checkbox and text box enables and specifies the time emails are sent, in seconds, from the chosen event to the configured recipients.
The Only After checkbox and dropdown menu enables and specifies what type of event prompts an email. Select either External Alarm or Motion detected. If left unchecked, either event will trigger an email.
Cameras, Analytics Window
The <Analytics> window contains settings that control CompleteView™ integration with Agent VI analytics.
CompleteView™ can deliver video streams to an integrated Agent VI video analytics system and associate alarm events from the integrated analytics system with alarm recordings.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Cameras>{Camera}>Analytics
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 12‐37, Cameras Analytics Window
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 209
Analytics Settings
Analyze Video
Record Alarms
External Identifier
Select this option to have the CompleteView server analyze the video stream and transmit a feature stream to the associated Agent VI server.
Select to record alarm on event notification from the Agent VI server.
This number associates a sensor from the Agent VI system to the corresponding camera in CompleteView. Make sure the sensor number configured in Agent VI matches this number.
Table 12‐44, Analytics Settings
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 210
Cameras, Edge Storage Window
The <Edge Storage> window enables CompleteView™ integration with edge storage recording on devices that support Edge Storage. CompleteView™ can configure the target devices to record to an internally installed SD card or to a separate Network
Attached Storage (NAS) storage device. The device will record its video stream at the same resolution and frame rate configured by the CompleteView™ server.
When a camera stream is interrupted by a network outage or other event,
CompleteView™ will retrieve any missing recordings from the camera’s SD card or associated NAS server.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Cameras>{Camera}>Edge Storage
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 12‐38, Cameras Edge Storage Window
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 211
Edge Storage integration is currently available for use with Axis cameras. The controls in the Edge Storage window are available when an Axis edge storage
camera is selected in the CompleteView™ camera configuration <IP> window.
Currently, Axis supports only H.264 for Edge Storage, and the SanDisk Extreme is highly recommended for use as the media.
NAS drives should be 200Gb or greater, and network latency is a consideration when storing large amounts of video data
Edge Storage Settings
SD Card Storage Options
Format SD Card: Performs a one‐time initial format of the
SD card internally installed in the Axis camera.
This option is reset once
CompleteView has completed the format. The configuration must be reloaded to see the change
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 212
Figure 12‐39, Edge Storage Settings
Network Share Storage
Options
Hostname or IP: Hostname or
IP address of the NAS Server.
Share Path: The UNC pathname to the shared netwrok folder where camera video will be stored.
Username/Password:
Edge Storage Synchronization Options
Figure 12‐40, Edge Storage Synchronization Options
In order to avoid and minimize network congestion, CompleteView™ can be configured to synchronize camera recordings on a schedule. Remote cameras operating over limited network bandwidth can have their recordings synchronized to
CompleteView™ at a time when the network is experiencing less traffic. The synchronization schedule is configured under ‘Synchronization Options’.
1. Run video synchronization at: Set the calendar control to the day on which the first synchronization event is to begin.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 213
2. Using the time control to the right of the calendar control, set the time of day at which the synchronization event should occur.
3. Below the date and time controls, set the frequency by number of days or hours between synchronization events. In the example in the screen shot, the synchronization is set to start on 8/21/2013 and occur at 1am every day.
Advanced Window
The Advanced window contains the Dynamic Frame Throttling and Dynamic Video
Decoding enabling checkboxes.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 214
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Cameras>{Camera}>Advanced
Figure 12-41
, Cameras Advanced tab
Dynamic Frame Throttling
When Dynamic Frame Throttling (DFT) is enabled, CompleteView Server monitors incoming video queue length. When queue length exceeds a certain threshold, DFT engages and processes only key video frames until the queue length is restored to normal levels. This helps reduce video latency, maintain video quality, and reduce
CPU load. The frame throttling only affects live video to CompleteView clients.
Playback is unaffected, and all video data is available for review. When DFT is applied to a video stream, a start/stop log entry is created, and an overlay is displayed indicating DFT activity.
Dynamic Video Decoding
Dynamic Video Decoding (DVD) monitors which camera feeds are currently being viewed in Live Mode. Feeds that are not being actively viewed are not processed for
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 215 live viewing by the server, significantly reducing CPU load. It should be noted that feeds configured for Server Motion Detection, Server Video Analytics, and video feeds pushed to Immix (which is typically a server wide setting) will not enjoy the benefits of DVD, as those functions require constant video stream processing. Some cameras are capable of On‐Camera Motion Detection which does not rely on the
CompleteView server for processing, hence they are able to take advantage of DVD.
DVD is compatible with approximately 80% of current camera drivers supported by
CompleteView, including Generic RTSP drivers.
Max. Latency
The maximum latency field sets the limit of video latency, denoted in seconds, before DFT is applied to the video stream. The Max Number of GOPs must also be reached before DFT is applied.
Max Number of GOPs
The maximum number of GOPs field denotes the maximum number of GOPs (Group of Pictures) buffered before DFT is applied to the video stream. The Max latency must also be reached before DFT is applied.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 216
Audio Devices
The settings in the Audio Devices group of options allows configuration of each audio device independently in a CompleteView™ Server.
Audio Devices, Settings Window
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Audio Devices><{Device}>Settings
Figure 12‐42, Audio Devices Settings Tab
Audio Devices Settings
Capture Quality
Channel Mode
Set audio quality
Specify left/right channel operation
Table 12‐45, Audio Devices Settings
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 217
The Capture Quality setting determines the rate at which CompleteView™ samples input analog audio to produce a digital audio stream where:
Low
Medium
High
= 8000 Kb/s
= 11,025 Kb/s
= 22,050 Kb/s
The Channel Mode setting determines how CompleteView™ distributes audio to left and right channels, where:
Mono
Stereo
Directs monophonic audio to a single audio channel
Directs stereophonic audio to two complementary audio channels
Split‐Channel
Directs monophonic audio to two independent audio channels
An Audio Feature Key is required to enable CompleteView™ audio functionality.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 218
Alarm Devices
CompleteView™ is capable of integrating with third party Digital I/O devices. Digital inputs detect, and digital outputs assert, external alarm conditions.
CompleteView™ uses alarm inputs to trigger recordings from specific cameras.
Alarm outputs from CompleteView™ indicate the occurrence of camera events such as analog camera sync loss or other external events.
Alarm devices can be embedded in IP cameras. They may be stand‐alone network attached devices or directly attached to the CompleteView™ server via a USB port. It is possible to add a single device or any combination of alarm devices to a CompleteView™ server.
For each physical alarm device in the system, there is an alarm device object in the server configuration file, in the Alarm Devices container. Alarm device objects specify the configuration settings and properties of their associated physical devices.
Creating and Managing Alarm Devices
The Alarm Devices Menu enables a system administrator to manage alarm device objects.
This section describes how to manage alarm device objects using the Alarm Devices
Menu. Note that the functions available from the Alarm Devices Menu can also be accessed via corresponding buttons in the server Configuration Console Toolbar.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Alarm Devices
Add
Alarm Device
Add a new Alarm Device object
Delete
Alarm Device
Remove selected Alarm
Device object.
Click to select Volume, right click opens menu
Figure 12‐43, Alarm Device Menu
To create a new alarm device object:
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 219
1. In the Server Configuration console tree, select the Alarm Devices container and right click to open the Alarm Devices Menu.
2. Mouse over and select Add Alarm Device. A New Alarm dialogue will appear.
3. In the New Alarm dialogue box, enter a name for the alarm device object being created.
4. Click [OK]. The new alarm device object is created in the Alarm Devices container and ready for configuration.
To delete an alarm device object:
1. In the Server Configuration console tree, expand the Alarm Devices container. A list of alarm device objects will appear.
2. Select the alarm device to be deleted, then right click to open the Alarm
Devices Menu.
3. Mouse over and click Delete Alarm Device. The selected alarm device object is removed from the server configuration Alarm Devices container.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Configuring Alarm Devices
P a g e | 220
Alarm Devices, IP Window
The Alarm Devices <IP> window enables a system administrator to configure the network communication parameters associated with the selected alarm device.
The parameters displayed in the <IP> window may change according to the device manufacturer and model.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Alarm Devices><{Device}>IP
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 12‐44, Alarm Devices IP Tab
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 221
Alarm Device <IP> Settings
Device Model
Select manufacturer/model
Address (Hostname/IP)
Device IP address or hostname
Username
Password
Device username
Device password
Timeout
Retries
Communications attempt timeout
Communications attempt retries
Table 12‐46, Alarm Device IP Settings
The Device Model dropdown menu specifies the manufacturer and model of the alarm device being configured. The parameters displayed and available in all alarm device configuration windows may change depending upon the Device Model selected.
The Address (Hostname/IP) specifies the network IP address or hostname for the selected alarm device, if applicable to the selected Device Model.
The Username text box specifies the username for the device, if applicable to the selected Device Model.
The Password text box specifies the device’s password, if applicable to the selected
Device Model.
The Timeout control specifies the time in seconds that CompleteView™ will wait for a response upon communication attempts to the alarm device being configured. Change this setting only at the direction of Salient technical support.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 222
The Retries control specifies the quantity of successive communication attempts
CompleteView™ will perform upon timeout. Change this setting only at the direction of Salient tech nical support.
Alarm Devices, Inputs Window
The alarm devices <Inputs> window contains settings that specify the behavior of digital inputs from the alarm device being configured, as well as CompleteView™ behavior upon detecting active alarm inputs.
Depending upon the manufacturer and model of the alarm device being configured, the quantity of available inputs will vary.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Alarm Devices><{Selected Device}>Inputs
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 12‐45, Alarm Devices Inputs tab
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Alarm Device <Inputs> Settings
Input
Select the digital input to configure
Trigger When Closed
Select trigger state = closed
Trigger When Open
Select trigger state = open
Trigger Recording On Camera
Select CompleteView™ response to trigger
Table 12‐47, Alarm Device Inputs Settings
P a g e | 223
The Input drop down list selects the alarm device digital input to be configured.
Available inputs are configured independently. For each available input, select the input from the input drop down list, then set the desired trigger and recording behaviors.
The Trigger When Closed radio button configures CompleteView™ to detect a trigger condition the alarm device digital input circuit is closed.
The Trigger When Open radio button configures CompleteView™ to detect a trigger condition when the alarm device digital input circuit is open.
The Trigger Recording on Camera list specifies which camera or cameras begin recording when CompleteView™ detects a trigger condition on the input being configured.
By selecting one or more camera inputs, CompleteView will utilize the alarm input to drive video recording. It is important to note that in order for the recording to take place, the External Alarm Recording mode in the Recording Schedule must be enabled. If the input is alarmed, but external alarm recording is not currently active in the recording schedule, then video recording will not occur.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 224
Alarm Devices, Outputs Window
The alarm devices <Outputs> window contains settings that specify CompleteView™ behavior when controlling digital outputs from the alarm device being configured.
Depending upon the manufacturer and model of the alarm device being configured, the quantity of available outputs will vary.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Alarm Devices><{Device}>Outputs
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 12‐46, Alarm Devices Outputs Window
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Alarm Device <Outputs> Settings
Output
Select the digital output to configure.
Name
Close When Triggered
Open When Triggered
User definable output name
Select trigger state = closed
Select trigger state = open
Camera Triggering Output
Select the camera triggering the output
Table 12‐48, Alarm Device Inputs Settings
P a g e | 225
The Output drop down list selects the alarm device digital output to be configured.
The available outputs are configured independently. For each available output, select the output from the drop down list then set the desired trigger and recording behaviors.
The Name field allows a user‐definable name to be given to the alarm being configured. Enter a new name, and click [Update Name].
The Close When Triggered radio button specifies the output state be closed when true.
The Open When Triggered radio button specifies the output state be open when true.
The Camera Triggering Output list specifies the camera or cameras that generate triggers for the output being configured.
Alarm Device Output Triggers
Software Trigger
Allows triggering of the output by a Video Client user.
Set output true upon external alarm
Trigger On External Alarm
Trigger on Motion
Trigger on Sync Loss
Set output true upon camera motion detect
Set output true upon camera sync loss
Table 12‐49, Alarm Device Output Triggers
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 226
The Software Trigger radio button allows a Video Client user to trigger the desired output from within the camera window. If configured, an icon representing a door, an alarm, or a generic trigger will appear in the upper right hand corner of the camera’s view in the Video Client software. The icon can be clicked to actuate the output.
The Trigger on External Alarm radio button configures CompleteView™ to set the output true upon an external alarm condition.
The Trigger on Motion radio button configures CompleteView™ to set the output true upon camera motion detect.
The Trigger on Sync Loss configures CompleteView™ to set the output true upon camera sync loss.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 227
Serial Ports
Serial ports connect to analog cameras in order to exert Pan, Tilt, and Zoom (PTZ) motion control. CompleteView™ supports PTZ serial communications via the server computer COM1 through COM4 serial ports.
Serial Ports Functional Overview
CompleteView™ supports using the server computer serial ports COM1 through COM4 for PTZ motion control over analog cameras.
Analog cameras employ a variety of connectivity methods and protocols for PTZ control. Always consult the camera manufacturer’s documentation for instructions before installation.
Serial Ports Functional Diagram
Figure 12‐47, Serial Ports Functional Diagram
In general, most analog camera PTZ control serial interfaces conform to some variation of the Electronic Industry Association (EIA) Recommended Standard (RS)
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 228
RS422 or RS485 specifications. The CompleteView™ server supports RS484 and RS422 serial communications via Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports connected to external
RS422/485 converters.
The Windows® operating system automatically assigns external RS422/485 converters to an available COM port. CompleteView™ only recognizes COM1 through COM4 using the system resources as shown in Table 12‐50.
Comm Port System Resources
PORT
COM1
COM2
COM3
COM4
I/O ADDRESS RANGE
0x03F8‐0x3FF
INTERRUPT
IRQ 4 (0x00000004)
0x02F8‐0x2FF IRQ 3 (0x00000003)
0x03E8‐0x3EF IRQ 4 (0x00000004)
0x02E8‐0x2EF IRQ 3 (0x00000003)
Table 12‐50, Serial Comm Port Resources
Any automatic COM port assignment made by Windows® that does not conform to standard COM1 through COM4 resource assignments must be manually reconfigured using the Windows® device manager.
Always consult the camera manufacturer’s documentation for instructions prior to installation.
Creating and Managing Serial Ports
CompleteView™ automatically manages COM1 through COM4. There is no Serial Ports menu, nor any serial port management functionality.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 229
Configuring Serial Ports
Configure Serial Ports by entering the appropriate RS232 serial communications parameters in the Settings window for each port.
To configure a serial port:
1. Expand the Serial Ports container
2. In the configuration utility console tree, select the serial port to be configured. The Settings Window for the selected serial port will appear in the Configuration Window details pane.
3. In the Serial Port Settings Window, input the serial port communications parameters.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 230
Serial Ports Settings Window
The Serial Port Settings Window contains the parameters needed to configure RS‐232 serial communication ports for operation with analog cameras.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Serial Ports><{Port}>Settings
Figure 12‐48, Serial Ports Settings Tab
Serial Port Settings
Baud Rate
Data Bits
Parity
Stop Bits
Flow Control
Salient Systems Corporation
Specify the symbol‐signaling rate.
Specify the quantity of data bits per 8‐bit symbol.
Specify the type of Parity checking.
Specify the quantity of stop‐bits per transmitted symbol.
Specify the type of flow control.
Table 12‐51, Serial Port settings
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 231
Baud Rate specifies the speed of serial communications between the CompleteView™ server and the USB to RS422/485 converter in bits per second. The default baud rate is
9600 bits per second.
Baud rate options are:
1200 bits per second
2400 bits per second
4800 bits per second
9600 bits per second
14400 bits per second
19200 bits per second
38400 bits per second
57600 bits per second
Data Bits specifies the number of bits used as a data character from each 8‐bit symbol transmitted or received on the serial communications interface. The default setting is for 8‐bit characters.
Typically, this setting will change depending on the use of parity checking. If no parity checking is implemented, data characters are 8‐bits. If odd or even parity checking is implemented, data characters are 7‐bits plus one parity bit.
Data Bit options are:
7‐bit characters
8‐bit characters
Parity specifies the type of parity checking that will be performed against each 8‐bit symbol received on the serial communications interface. The default Parity setting is
“none”.
Parity options are:
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 232
Odd Parity – the parity bit is set or cleared in order to make the total quantity of ‘1’ bits in the received 8‐bit symbol an odd number.
Even Parity – the parity bit is set or cleared in order to make the total quantity of ‘1’ bits in the received 8‐bit symbol an even number.
None – no parity checking is performed.
Stop Bits specifies the minimum idle time in bit periods after transmitting an 8‐bit symbol on the serial communications interface. The default Stop Bit setting is “1”.
Stop Bit options are:
1‐bit period
1.5‐bit periods
2‐bit periods
Flow Control specifies the type of character flow control implemented on the serial communications interface. The default Flow Control setting is “None”.
Flow Control options are:
Hardware – flow control uses RS232 RTS/CTS hardware signaling.
Software – flow control uses XON/XOFF character signaling.
None – no flow control is used
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 233
Video Volumes
A Video Volume is a file system directory where CompleteView™ stores video recorded from cameras:
Volume Objects represent each Video Volume in the server configuration file. Volume
Objects contain attributes describing how related physical storage is accessed and managed.
Volume Objects reside in the server configuration file Volumes Container. Every volume object is configured to associate a set of cameras with the Video Volume physical storage where camera video is recorded.
The Volume Object creates a many‐to‐many relationship between cameras and storage; multiple cameras can be associated with a single volume and a single camera can be associated with multiple volumes. Only cameras related to a video volume via a
Volume Object can contribute video to that volume.
Video Volume physical storage may exist on a local disk volume, a removable disk volume or on a network share. Local disk Volumes are accessed by using the
Microsoft® file‐system pathname format. Volumes on a network share are accessed by using a Universal Naming Convention pathname.
Video Volumes Directory Structure
CompleteView™ Volume Folders:
Folder: “\CV Volume‐A\” == Volume Object:
“\\VideoShare\CV Volume‐A”
Folder: “\CV Volume‐B\” == Volume Object:
“\\VideoShare\CV Volume‐B”
Each physical CV Volume folder corresponds directly to a server configuration logical Volume Object.
CompleteView™ Volume Camera Sub‐Folders:
Example Directory Structure Legend: “==” read as “corresponds to”
Table 12‐52, Video Volume Directory Structure
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 234
The Video Volume directory structure consists of a volume folder, camera sub‐folders and fixed‐length video files:
Volume folders are created by the System Administrator when creating
CompleteView™ Video Volumes. To be properly configured, every volume folder must correspond to a logical Volume Object in a Server Configuration.
This association is made when Volume Objects are created using the System
Configuration Utility.
Camera sub‐folders are created and managed automatically by
CompleteView™. For each camera associated with a volume, CompleteView maintains a set of camera sub‐folders within that volume. One sub‐folder is created for each day of camera operation. The quantity of subfolders that can be maintained for each camera is determined by video volume size.
Video files contain video recorded from individual cameras. Camera video is organized into fixed‐length “chunks” where each chunk is stored in sequence, as a file, into its appropriate camera sub‐folder.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Video Volumes Functional Overview
There are five types of CompleteView™ Video Volume:
Regular Storage Volume
Export Storage
Permanent Storage Volume
Archive Only Volume
Backup Only Volume
P a g e | 235
Regular Storage Volumes are used to store video recorded from cameras
Export Storage Volumes are used as a central repository for exported video clips, and can be used to extract more detailed information about the exported clips.
Permanent Storage Volumes are Read‐Only volumes used to store video.
Archive Only Volumes store aged video that has been automatically moved from associated Regular Storage Volumes.
Backup Only Volumes store aged video automatically copied from associated Regular
Storage Volumes.
Regular Storage Volume Operation
A Regular Storage Volume is used to store video recorded from individual cameras.
Each Regular Storage Volume is associated with a specific set of cameras. Video is written to a regular storage volume by its associated cameras according to a recording schedule defined for each camera. For more information about recording schedules, refer to Section 0, Schedules.
Within a video volume folder there exists a set of subfolders for each camera associated with that volume. Camera subfolders each contain approximately 24 hours of video recorded from their respective cameras. Within camera subfolders, recorded video is stored sequentially as multiple fixed‐length files of a manageable size to facilitate playback and search functions.
Once camera video has been recorded to a Regular Storage Volume, it can be accessed by CompleteView™ clients via their playback interfaces.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 236
Clients initiate per‐camera searches through storage volumes when requested to playback video. Per‐camera searches are limited to the video contained in volumes having an association with the camera being searched. If a camera is associated with more than one storage volume, video from that camera is stored and can be searched sequentially within a volume and then in a contiguous manner across multiple volumes.
Storage Volumes Functional Diagram
Table 12‐53, Storage Volumes Functional Diagram
As camera video is recorded, the size of a Regular Storage Volume could continue to grow and might outgrow the capacity of the physical disk on which it resides, unless it is carefully managed. If allowed to occur, this would affect the integrity of all volumes residing on the same physical disk.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 237
In order to manage Regular Storage Volume growth, CompleteView™ incorporates
Volume management features that include a timed purge of old video records, and a free space threshold purge of video records.
The timed purge occurs when stored video reaches its allotted length of storage time, set in days.
The free space threshold purge occurs when the amount of free space on the volume falls below its set minimum (in MB). When the amount of free space falls below this threshold, CompleteView™ automatically begins deleting the oldest video records on the volume in order to maintain the specified minimum free space on the physical disk.
As video records age, they can be automatically moved from a Regular Storage
Volume to an associated Archive Only Volume, or they can be copied from a Regular
Storage Volume to an associated Backup Only Volume.
Regular Storage Volume Archive and Backup functions are mutually exclusive.
Moving storage volume records to an Archive Only Volume provides a way to manage the volume size. Copying storage volume records to a Backup Only Volume provides a way to ensure volume content.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 238
Export Storage Volume Operation
An Export Storage volume functions as a central repository for video clips selected for exportation in CompleteView. Creation of Export Storage volumes is optional, and multiple volumes may be created. Advantages of using export volumes are evident in both the exportation process and administratively. During the exportation process, the Video Client user is identified by name and is compelled to provide a description of the export, if configuration is done correctly. In addition, all exportation operations are viewable as recorded video for the specific camera in Admin Console. It should be noted that if multiple export volumes are created and the volume currently in use reaches capacity, new video clips will cascade into the next export volume with available space. If no Export Storage volumes are created, the export to server option will be disabled, and a path in which to save the video will need to be selected.
The Store All Exports and Store Server Export Queue options offer flexible means of documenting Video Client user and description information, based on server configuration and data entered in the Video Client.
If Store All Exports is checked, Store Server Export Queue is automatically selected as well. This configuration will give Video Client users the option to save the clip to a local disk or CD/DVD, but also creates a copy of the exported file on the Export Storage
Volume. In addition, Video Client users are compelled to enter a description of the exportation.
If only Store Server Export Queue is selected, Video Client users are given the option to save the file locally, to a CD/DVD, or use the Export Storage volume. If the export volume is selected, users are compelled to enter a description of the clip. If a local disk is selected, no description is required.
If neither Store All Exports nor Store Server Export Queue are selected, Video Client users will not have the option to select the Export Storage volume, but a record of the exportation will be placed in the camera’s recorded video information in Admin
Console (only a record of the exportation will be available, not the video itself).
Execute export operation dictates when the exportation and storage of the video clips occurs. Selecting Immediately performs the exportation as soon as all prompts are answered. In some environments, it is advantageous to schedule the exportations during off‐peak times. Select Specific Time and enter the appropriate value to delay exportation until the desired time.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 239
Email Settings allow specific users to be notified when the Export Storage volume is reaching its capacity. Select Send notification email…, enter the value (in MB) of remaining space to serve as a threshold, and enter a comma separated list of emails
(or just one). Note that the CompleteView email server must be configured for notifications to be sent. See the Server Configuration, Server Email Window section for more details.
Permanent Storage Volume Operation
CompleteView will find recorded video for the associated cameras on this volume type when a search is initiated through a playback interface. This is used less frequently than Regular Storage and Archive Only volume types. An example of this volume type would be to define the location of video which has been restored from a backup or the location of video moved from Regular Storage by a 3rd party archiving program.
Archive Only Volume Operation
Archive Only Volumes store aged video that has been automatically moved from associated Regular Storage Volumes. Generally, older video is archived in order to maintain free space on storage volume disks. Therefore, whenever possible, Archive
Only Volumes and Regular Storage Volumes should exist on separate physical storage media.
Backup Only Volume Operation
Backup Only Volumes store aged video automatically copied from Regular Storage
Volumes.
Archive Only or Backup Only Configuration Guidelines
It is strongly recommended that these guidelines be employed for best performance.
Improper configuration of archive or backup video volumes can result in video being unintentionally purged.
1. The Archive Only or Backup Only volume should be on its own partition and not used for any other purpose.
2. Multiple "Regular Storage" volumes should not be configured to archive to the same "Archive Only" or Backup Only volume. Each "Regular Storage"
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 240 volume to be archived or backed up should have its own dedicated "Archive
Only" or Backup Only volume associated with it.
3. When scheduling archive or backup activity from multiple Regular Storage volumes on a single server, schedule the archive or backup of each volume to occur at separate times. Plan the archive or backup schedule for each
Regular Storage volume so that no other volume on the same server will perform an archive or backup simultaneously.
4. Make sure the archive or backup volume is larger than the contents that will be stored on it.
5. Schedule archiving or backup to occur when there will be limited recording on the "Regular Storage" volume and limited network activity. Keep in mind that video may not be available for playback when it is being archived or backed up, and server performance may be affected during the archive or backup event.
Improper configuration of archive or backup video volumes can result in video being unintentionally purged.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 241
Creating and Managing Volumes
Creating CompleteView™ Volumes is a two‐part process. It involves creating a file system directory on a local disk or network share, and then creating corresponding
CompleteView™ Volume Objects within the server configuration Volumes Container.
Example Directory Structure
First, create the file system folders where CompleteView™ will store its video volumes. The file‐system directory structure may be organized in any way that suits the local system or network configuration.
A CV Volume is created in each sub‐folder
Figure 10 41, Video Volume Example Directory
The directory structure must include a folder for each CompleteView™ video volume, and each video volume folder must correspond to a Volume Object in the server configuration.
CompleteView™ video volume folders may exist on local disks or in network shares located anywhere on the network. Wherever they exist, every video volume folder must be assigned a corresponding Volume Object in the CompleteView server configuration. Once video volume folders have been created, use the server configuration utility to create and configure corresponding Volume Objects in the
CompleteView™ server configuration.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 242
Volumes Menu
The server configuration Volumes Menu enables a system administrator to manage volume objects.
While this section describes how to manage volume objects using the Volumes Menu, note that the functions available from the Volumes Menu can also be accessed via corresponding buttons in the console toolbar.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Volumes><{Volume}
New
Volume
Add a new volume object
Delete
Volume
Remove a volume object
Move Up
Reorder selected volume upward
Move Down
Reorder selected volume downward
Click to select Volume, right click opens menu
Figure 12‐49, Volumes Menu
To create a new volume:
1. Create a file system folder to contain the new volume on a physical disk or in a network share.
2. In the Server Configuration console tree, select the Volumes container then right click to open the Volumes Menu.
3. Mouse over and select New Volume. A Browse for Folder dialogue will appear.
4. Using the Browse for Folder dialogue, navigate to and select the folder created in step 1 to contain the New Volume. Click [OK].
5. The New Volume is now created and ready to be configured.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 243
When a new volume is created, a Volume Object is placed in the server configuration
Volumes Container. The Volume Object is associated with physical storage where the new video volume resides. The volume object contains attributes that tell the
CompleteView™ system what cameras are associated with the volume and how that volume is to be managed.
Once created, a new volume must be configured to ensure it will function as needed.
By default, new volumes are configured to function as Regular Storage volumes and have an association with all cameras on the server.
To delete a volume:
1. In the Server Configuration console tree, expand the Volumes container. A list of volumes objects will appear.
2. Select the volume to be deleted, then right click to open the Volumes Menu.
3. Mouse over and click Delete Volume. The selected Volume object is removed from the server configuration Volumes container.
When a volume is deleted, the Volume object is removed from the server configuration Volumes container. However, the file system folder that contains the camera video is not deleted from the disk or network share where it resides. The physical volume remains in the file system but it is no longer recognized by
CompleteView™ for the purpose of playback searches or archive and backup functions.
To re‐order volume objects in the volumes container:
1. In the Server Configuration console tree expand the Volumes container. A list of Volumes objects will appear.
2. Select the Volume Object to be moved.
3. Right click the selected Volume Object to open the Volumes Menu, then mouse over and click Move Up or Move Down as desired.
Reordering volume objects in the volumes container has no effect on the way
CompleteView™ manages volumes.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 244
Configuring Video Volumes
Configuring a Video Volume involves setting the attributes of a video Volume Object contained in the server configuration Volumes Container.
These attributes can be categorized as follows:
Individual volume association with physical storage
Volume function e.g. type
Management and maintenance behavior for individual volumes
Individual volume association with cameras
Volume attributes are configured through controls contained in the tabbed‐windows pane of the server configuration console. The volume configuration controls are organized into two tabbed‐windows:
The General settings window
The Camera associations window
The General Settings window contains:
Volume management settings
Volume function (type) selection
Volume maintenance settings
The Camera Associations window contains:
Camera association settings
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Volume General Settings Window
P a g e | 245
General Settings Controls
General settings for a video volume are configured through controls contained in the
General tabbed‐window that relates to a selected volume.
To access the General setting controls for a volume:
1. In the Server Configuration Console Tree, expand the target Server
Configuration and then expand the Volumes Container.
2. Select the target Volume object. The details pane of the server configuration console now displays tabbed windows containing configuration controls for the selected Volume.
3. In the details pane of the server configuration console, click the General tab.
The details pane now displays the General settings window relating to the selected volume.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>{Server}>Volumes><{Volume}>General
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 12‐50, Volumes General Tab
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 246
Volume/Database Synchronization
During normal operation, access to specific chunks of video within video volumes is accomplished by reference through a video volume database maintained by
CompleteView™. At times, this database is automatically synchronized with the video files in the volume physical storage. The Database Scan Settings let the System
Administrator determine if such synchronization should occur whenever the server configuration is updated.
Database Scan Settings
Scan Volume Upon Saving
Configuration
Synchronize this volume when server configuration changes.
Scan All Volumes Upon Saving
Configuration
Synchronize all volumes when server configuration changes.
Table 12‐54, Database Scan Settings
Scan Volume upon Saving Configuration causes the individual physical volume and the volume database to synchronize whenever the server configuration is updated.
Scan All Volumes upon Saving Configuration causes all physical volumes and the volume database to synchronize whenever the server configuration is updated.
To enable or disable individual Volume/Database synchronization upon configuration changes:
1. In the Database Scan Settings portion of the volume configuration General settings window, mouse over and click to check or un‐check the Scan Volume
Upon Saving checkbox, where:
Checked = Enabled
Un‐checked = Disabled
To enable or disable all Volume/Database synchronization upon configuration changes:
1. In the Database Scan Settings portion of the volume configuration General settings window, mouse over and click to check or un‐check the Scan All
Volume Upon Saving checkbox, where:
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Checked = Enabled
Un‐checked = Disabled
Volume Type Selection
P a g e | 247
Volume Type Settings
Regular Storage
Volume functions as read /write video storage
Volume functions as repository for exported video
Export Storage
Permanent
Storage
Volume functions as read only video storage
Archive Only
Backup Only
Volume contains aged video moved from a Regular Storage volume
Volume contains aged video copied from a Regular Storage volume
Table 12‐55, Volume Type Settings
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Volume Management Settings
Volume Management Settings
Path
Specifies the file system path to video volume folder
Free Space Threshold for Writing
Keep video for days
Begin Removal At
Enable Archive
Enable Backup
Free‐space video purge threshold
Timed video purge threshold
Time of day to perform timed purge
Enable archive for this volume
Enable backup for this volume
Table 12‐56, Volume Management Settings
P a g e | 248
Path specifies the pathname to the Video Volume folder that corresponds with the
Video Volume object currently being configured.
To specify a Path:
1. Type the destination pathname into the Path textbox
‐ OR ‐
1. Click the […] button, a Browse for Folder dialogue will appear.
2. Using the Browse for Folder dialogue, navigate to the destination Video
Volume folder and click to select.
3. In the Browse for Folder dialogue, click [OK].
4. The Path textbox updates to display the destination folder pathname.
Free Space Threshold for Writing (MB) specifies the point at which disk‐full purges occur in a video volume.
When the amount of available disk space falls below this threshold a volume will be treated as full and video will be purged from that volume using a first‐in‐first‐out mechanism. As a camera attempts to write to a full volume the oldest recorded video from that camera, more than one day old, is purged the volume to free up disk space for new video.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 249
When a Free Space Threshold purge occurs approximately 24 hours of video relative to a specific camera is deleted.
To specify the Free Space Threshold:
1. Into the Free Space Threshold textbox, Type the minimum required disk space in Megabytes (MB).
Keep Video for Days enables timed purges from a video volume, specifies the time in days, that video must age before being purged and sets the time of day that purges will occur.
To specify timed purges:
1. Select the Keep Video For checkbox. This enables the timed purge function.
Use the up/down carat in the associated numeric textbox, set the minimum number of days video must age before being purged.
2. Set the Begin Removal at time using the up/down carat in the associated numeric textbox.
Enable Archive enables archiving of video from the current volume. When video is archived, it is moved from the source Storage Volume to a destination Archive Volume.
Archived video is purged from the source volume. A Storage Volume may be enabled for either archiving or enabled for backup but cannot be enabled for both.
To enable archiving for a volume:
1. Ensure the Enable Backup checkbox is unchecked.
2. Click to check the Enable Archive checkbox. The Enable Archive settings will appear in the lower portion of the General Settings Window.
3. Configure the Archive Settings.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Volume Archive Configuration
Archive Settings
Archive Video to this
Volume
Keep Local Video For
Begin Archive At
Archive Video Every
Start Today
Only Move Video
Recorded As…
Specify destination archive volume
Specify backup video age threshold
Specify time of day to search for and backup aged video
Specify frequency in days to search for and backup aged video
Begin backup operations today
Filter aged video to be backed up
Table 12‐56, Archive Settings
P a g e | 250
Archive Video to this Volume specifies the destination Archive Volume for video archived from the Storage Volume being configured.
To specify the destination Archive Volume:
1. Click the archive volume drop‐down menu carat to open archive volume menu. A menu list of available archive volumes will appear.
2. Mouse over and select a destination archive volume.
Keep Local Video For (days) specifies the minimum age threshold for video to be archived and the time of day at which archiving will occur.
The minimum age threshold for video to be archived is the minimum length of time in days that video must age in the Storage Volume before being moved to the specified
Archive Volume.
To specify the minimum age threshold:
1. Set the Keep Local Video For (days) threshold using the up/down carat in the associated numeric textbox.
2. Set the Begin Archive time using the Up/Down carat in the associated numeric textbox.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 251
Archive Video Every (days) specifies the frequency in days at which archive processing occurs.
To specify the archive processing frequency:
1. Set the Archive Video every (days) using the Up/Down carat in the associated numeric textbox.
2. Select or de‐select the Start Today checkbox.
Only Move Video Recorded As enables filtering of video to be archived according to the mode by which it was recorded, where:
Scheduled Recording: Causes archive processing to select time‐ scheduled video recordings.
Motion Event:
Causes archive processing to select video recordings triggered by detected motion activity.
External Alarm:
Causes archive processing to select video recordings triggered by an external alarm.
To specify archive video filtering:
1. Select or de‐select the Scheduled Recording, Motion Event or External
Alarm checkbox as desired.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 252
Volume Backup Configuration
Enable Backup enables backup of video from the volume being configured. When video is backed up, it is copied from the source Storage Volume to a destination
Backup Volume. Video in source volume remains. A Storage Volume may be enabled for either backup or enabled for archiving but cannot be enabled for both.
To enable archiving for a volume:
1. Ensure the Enable Archive checkbox is unchecked.
2. Click to check the Enable Backup checkbox. The Backup settings will appear in the lower portion of the General Settings Window.
3. Configure the Backup Settings.
Backup Settings
Backup Video to this
Volume
Backup Video Older
Than
Begin Backup At
Specify destination backup volume
Specify backup video age threshold
Backup Video Every
Specify time of day to search for and backup aged video
Specify frequency in days to search for and backup aged video
Begin backup operations today
Start Today
Only Move Video
Recorded As…
Filter aged video to be backed up
Table 12‐57, Backup Settings
Backup Video to this Volume specifies the destination Backup Volume for video backed‐up from the Storage Volume being configured.
To specify the destination Backup Volume:
1. Click the archive volume drop‐down menu carat to open archive volume menu. A menu list of available archive volumes will appear.
2. Mouse over and select a destination backup volume.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 253
Backup Video Older Than (days) specifies the minimum age threshold for video to be backed‐up and the time of day at which video backups will occur.
The minimum age threshold for video to be backed‐up is the minimum length of time in days that video must age in the Storage Volume before being copied to the specified Backup Volume.
To specify the minimum age threshold and time of day for backup:
1. Set the Backup Video Older Than (days) threshold using the Up/Down carat in the associated numeric textbox.
2. Set the Begin Backup at time using the up/down carat in the associated numeric textbox.
Backup Video Every (days) specifies the frequency in days at which backup processing occurs.
To specify the backup processing frequency:
1. Set the Backup Video Every (days) using the Up/Down carat in the associated numeric textbox.
2. Select or de‐select the Start Today checkbox.
Only Move Video Recorded As enables filtering of video to be archived according to the mode by which it was recorded, where:
Scheduled Recording: Causes backup processing to select time‐ scheduled video recordings
Motion Event:
External Alarm:
Causes backup processing to select video recordings triggered by detected motion activity
Causes backup processing to select video recordings triggered by an external alarm
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 254
To specify archive video filtering:
1. Select or de‐select the Scheduled Recording, Motion Event or External
Alarm checkbox as desired.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 255
Volumes, Camera Associations Window
Camera Associations configuration applies to Regular Storage volumes and Permanent
Storage volumes.
Association to a Regular Storage volume permits camera video read/write access to the volume; the associated camera may record video to the volume and playback controls may retrieve that cameras video from the volume.
Association to a Permanent Storage volume permits read‐only access; the associated camera may not record any new video to the volume, but playback controls can retrieve that cameras previously recorded video from the volume.
Cameras may be associated with multiple volumes.
When recorded to multiple volumes, camera video will, from its earliest record, be written sequentially within a volume and then contiguously across all associated volumes.
Conversely, when playing back video that was recorded across multiple volumes, playback controls read camera video from its earliest record sequentially within a volume and then contiguously across all associated volumes.
Camera Association Controls
Camera associations for a video volume are configured through controls contained in the Cameras tabbed‐window that relates to a selected volume.
To access the camera association controls for a volume:
1. In the server‐configuration console tree, expand the target Server
Configuration, and then expand the Volumes Container.
2. Select the target Regular Storage or Permanent Storage Volume object. The details pane of the server configuration console now displays tabbed windows containing configuration controls for the selected Volume.
3. In the details pane of the server configuration console, click the Cameras tab.
The details pane now displays the Camera association window relating to the selected volume.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 256
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Volumes><{Volume}>Cameras
Figure 12‐51, Volumes Cameras Tab
Cameras Controls
Cameras
Select All
Enumeration of all configured cameras
Provides one‐click selection of all configured cameras
Table 12‐58, Cameras Controls
The Cameras scroll box lists all cameras and QuickTrack cameras available for association with the video volume being configured. In the scroll box, cameras are listed by name alongside a corresponding checkbox control.
The Select All checkbox selects all listed cameras for association with the volume being configured. Likewise, when this control transitions from selected to unselected all camera associations are cleared.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 257
To select a camera for association:
1. In the Cameras list scroll box, mouse over and click to check the Camera
Checkbox corresponding to the associated camera.
To de‐select a camera for association:
1. In the Cameras list scroll box, mouse over and click to clear the Camera
Checkbox corresponding to the associated camera.
To select all cameras for association:
1. Mouse over and click to check the Select All checkbox.
To de‐select all cameras for association:
1. Mouse over and click to clear the Select All checkbox.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 258
Schedules
Recording Schedules control the way video from cameras is recorded to Video Volumes.
Schedules Functional Overview
Pre‐defined schedules determine when and how video is recorded from individual cameras.
Once a camera is initialized, it provides a video stream that is constantly available to
CompleteView™ servers. The camera video stream is only recorded to a video volume by servers according to the cameras pre‐defined schedule.
CompleteView™ Servers support four types of recording schedule as shown in Table
12‐59, below.
Schedules
Every Day
Weekend
Weekday
Date
The default schedule established for all cameras.
The weekend schedule established for all cameras.
The weekday schedule established for all cameras.
A schedule defined for all cameras on a particular day.
Table 12‐59, Schedules
The four schedule types determine how camera video is recorded over calendar time.
Each server can provide one “Every Day” schedule, one “Weekend” schedule, one
“Weekday” schedule and multiple “Date” schedules.
During configuration, individual cameras can be added to an Every Day, Weekend,
Weekday or Date schedule by defining hourly‐ and event‐based recording parameters within that schedule for each camera to be included.
The calendar schedules are prioritized where:
The “Everyday” schedule runs every day of the week and has the lowest priority. This is the default or catchall schedule available to cameras when no higher priority schedule exists.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 259
The “Weekday” schedule runs Monday through Friday. The weekday schedule will always override any conflicting “Everyday” schedule defined for a camera.
The “Weekend” schedule runs every Saturday and Sunday. The weekend schedule will always override any conflicting “Everyday” schedule defined for a camera.
“Date” schedules run on only on the selected date and have the highest priority. Date schedules will always override any conflicting “Everyday,” “Weekday” or “Weekend” schedule defined for a camera.
Calendar schedules are prioritized where:
The Everyday schedule has the lowest priority.
The Weekday and Weekend schedules override the Everyday schedule.
Date schedules override Weekday, Weekend and Everyday schedules.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 260
Creating and Managing Schedules
Schedules are located in the server configuration, Schedules container. Schedules can be managed using functions available on the Schedules Menu.
Schedules Menu
The server configuration Schedules Menu enables a system administrator to manage schedule objects.
While this section describes how to manage schedule objects using the Schedules
Menu, note that the functions available from the Schedules Menu can also be accessed via corresponding buttons in the server configuration toolbar.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Schedules><{Schedule}
New
Schedule
Add a new schedule object
Clone
Schedule
Copy a schedule object
Delete
Schedule
Remove selected schedule object.
Click to select Volume, right click opens menu
Figure 12‐52, Schedules Menu
To create a new schedule object:
1. In the Server Configuration console tree, select the Schedules container then right click to open the Schedules Menu.
2. Mouse over and select New Schedule. A Schedule Type dialogue will appear.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Schedule Type Dialogue
P a g e | 261
Select the type of schedule being created
Table 12‐60, Schedule Dialogue
3. In the Schedule Type dialogue box, use the radio buttons to select the type of schedule being created.
If the schedule type selected is Date, specify the date on which the schedule is to be run.
4. Click [OK]. The new schedule object will be created in the schedules container and ready for configuration.
If a schedule of the specified type already exists, an error dialogue will appear:
Schedule Error Dialogue
Select [Yes] to edit, [No] to replace the existing schedule.
Figure 12‐53, Schedule Error Dialogue
To clone an existing schedule object:
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 262
1. In the Server Configuration console tree , select the schedule to be cloned then right click to open the Schedules Menu.
2. Mouse over and select Clone Schedule. A Schedule Type dialogue will appear.
Schedule Type Dialogue
Select the type of schedule being created
Figure 12‐54, Schedule Type Dialogue
3. In the Schedule Type dialogue box, use the radio buttons to select the type of schedule being created.
If the schedule type selected is Date, specify the date on which the schedule is to be run.
4. Click [OK]. The selected schedule will be copied to a new schedule object.
The new schedule object will be created in the schedules container and ready for configuration.
If a schedule of the specified type already exists, an error dialogue will appear:
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Schedule Error Dialogue
P a g e | 263
Select [Yes] to edit, [No] to replace the existing schedule.
Table 12‐61, Schedule Error Dialogue
To delete a schedule:
1. In the Server Configuration console tree, expand the Schedules container. A list of schedule objects will appear.
2. Select the schedule to be deleted, then right click to open the Volumes
Menu.
3. Mouse over and click Delete Schedule. The selected schedule object is removed from the server configuration Schedules container.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 264
Configuring Schedules
Configuring Schedules involves establishing 24‐hour recording plans for each camera as part of an Everyday, Weekday, Weekend, or Date calendar‐schedule.
Conflicts arising from cameras belonging to multiple calendar‐schedules are resolved according to schedule priorities where:
The Everyday schedule has the lowest priority.
The Weekday and Weekend schedules override the Everyday schedule.
Date schedules override Weekday, Weekend and Everyday schedules.
Configure Schedules by entering a recording plan for each camera into the schedule being configured.
To configure a schedule:
1. In the configuration utility console tree: expand the Schedules container
2. Select the schedule to be configured. The Edit Window for the selected calendar‐schedule will appear in the Configuration Utility details pane.
3. In the Schedules Edit Window, define a 24‐hour recording plan for each camera to participate in the currently selected calendar‐schedule.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 265
Schedules, Edit Window
The Schedules Edit Window provides controls that enable creating and editing a 24‐ hour recording plan for each camera.
Recording plans can be created or edited manually, using the Edit Window manual controls, or they may be edited graphically using the recording plan timescale control associated with each camera.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Schedules><{Selected Schedule}>Edit
Figure 12‐55, Schedules Edit Window
Edit Window controls are organized into several groups:
The Camera List
Recording Mode Buttons
Recording Plan Timescale Control
Manual Editing Controls
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 266
The Cameras List enumerates all cameras configured on the server. Each camera in the list is associated with a radio button used to select an individual camera and a timescale/slider control. The 24‐hour timescale is a graphical representation of the individual recording plan that repeats daily for the selected camera. A system mouse or other pointing device may be used to select periods within the 24‐hour timescale during which different recording modes can be applied.
Recording Mode Buttons toggle recording mode selection on or off. Once recording modes are selected, they will be applied to the next time‐period specified within the selected cameras 24‐hour recording plan.
Multiple recording modes may be selected to occur simultaneously. External Alarm and Motion recording may be selected in any combination with Scheduled mode, or, in any combination with Pre‐alarm mode.
Pre‐alarm mode and Scheduled mode recording are mutually exclusive.
Recording Mode, Buttons
Scheduled
Enables continuous mode recording
Enables recording upon external alarm event
Ext. Alarm
Motion
Pre‐Alarm
Erase
Enables recording upon motion detected event
Enables pre‐alarm recording
De‐select any selected recording mode buttons
Table 12‐62, Recording Mode Buttons
Scheduled Mode provides a continuous video recording for the duration of the time‐ period(s) specified in the 24‐hour recording plan associated with the selected camera.
Multiple Scheduled mode recording periods may exist within a single 24‐period.
A 24‐hour recording plan may specify Scheduled Mode recordings to occur simultaneously with External Alarm or Motion recording.
Ext. Alarm Mode provides video recordings triggered by an external signal input to the selected camera. The post‐alarm duration of Alarm Mode recordings is configurable in
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 267 the Camera Configuration Motion/Alarm window. Refer to Section 0, “Cameras,
Motion/Alarm Window” for more information.
Motion Mode provides video recordings triggered by motion detected within a predefined zone, within a cameras field of view. The predefined zones and post‐ event duration of Motion recordings are user‐configurable in the Camera Configuration
Motion/Alarm window. Refer to Section 0, “Cameras, Motion/Alarm Window” for more information.
Pre‐alarm Mode provides pre‐event video recording when enabled simultaneously with Motion triggered or External Alarm triggered recording. The pre‐event duration of Pre‐Alarm Mode recordings is user‐configurable in the Camera Configuration
Motion/Alarm window. Refer to Section 0, “Cameras, Motion/Alarm Window” for more information.
Erase de‐selects any previously selected recording mode buttons.
Manual Editing Controls enable the system administrator to specify and edit recording periods and recording modes within the 24‐hour recording plan for the selected camera.
Start Control
Manually sets the start time for a recording period.
End Control
Insert Button
Manually sets the end time for a recording period.
Insert a recording period into the recording plan for the currently selected camera.
Copy Schedule Button
Copy the recording plan from the currently selected camera.
Paste Schedule Button
Paste a recording plan to the currently selected camera.
Remove Selected
Button
Delete the recording plan from the currently selected camera.
Schedule Window
Display a list of recording periods within the recording plan for the currently selected camera.
Table 12‐63, Schedule Manual Editing Controls
Pre‐alarm and Scheduled recording modes cannot be selected simultaneously. When pre‐alarm recording is enabled, scheduled recording is automatically disabled. Simultaneously selecting Motion
Mode or External Alarm Mode, and scheduled recording, will automatically disable pre‐alarm recording.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 268
The Schedule window lists the recording periods that occur during a 24‐hour recording plan. Each recording period is associated with one or more recording modes. When a recording period is associated with multiple recording modes the
Schedule window lists the same period, once for each mode.
Figure 12‐56, Schedules Manual Edit Controls
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Schedule window entries are formatted into three columns as follows:
P a g e | 269
Recording Mode
S
Start Time
00:00
End Time
23:59
The Recording Mode column indicates the recording mode that is active for the period specified by Start Time and End Time, where:
M
P
S
A
= Scheduled Recording Mode
=
External Alarm Recording Mode
= Motion Alarm Recording Mode
= Pre‐Alarm Recording Mode
The Start Time column indicates the period start time.
The End Time column indicates the period end time.
The periods and recording modes listed in the Schedule window are also depicted graphically along the timescale control associated with the selected camera/recording plan.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 270
To manually create a recording period within a recording plan
1. Use the Recording Mode Buttons to select the recording mode/modes that will apply to the period being created.
2. Use the Start control to specify the period begin time.
3. Use the End control to specify the period end time.
4. Click the [Insert>>] button.
Upon clicking [Insert>>], an entry is created in the Schedule window specifying the
Start and End time for each recording mode selected.
The newly created period(s) will also be depicted graphically along the timescale control associated with the selected camera/recording plan.
To manually delete a recording period from within a recording plan
1. In the Schedule window, select the period entry to be deleted.
2. Click the [Remove Selected] button.
The selected period is removed from the Schedule window and the graphical timescale control associated with the selected camera/recording plan is updated.
To manually copy a recording plan
An entire Recording Plan may be copied from one camera and pasted to another.
1. In the Camera list, select the radio button associated with camera/recording plan to be copied.
2. Click the [Copy Schedule] button.
3. In the Camera list, select the radio button associated with camera that will receive the copied recording plan.
4. Click the [Paste Schedule] button.
Upon clicking [Paste Schedule], the copied recording plan is pasted to the selected camera.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 271
Recording Plan Timescale Controls
Each camera in the Camera List is associated with a Timescale control. The timescale control graphically depicts and enables graphical editing of a cameras 24‐hour recording plan.
Figure 12‐57, Recording Plan Timescale Control
The timescale control illustrates the 24‐hour timeline on a scale of 0 to 24 in 15‐ minute, 30‐minute and 1‐hour increments.
Periods and recording modes within the 24‐hour timeline are depicted as horizontal colored bars where:
Green
= Scheduled Recording Mode
Yellow
= External Alarm Recording Mode
Red
= Motion Alarm Recording Mode
Cyan
= Pre‐Alarm Recording Mode
The periods and recording modes depicted along the Timescale are also listed in the
Schedule window associated with the selected camera/recording plan.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 272
To create a recording period using the Timescale control
1. Use the Recording Mode Buttons to select the recording mode/modes that will apply to the period being created.
2. Click and drag along the timescale where the recording period is to be created.
A recording period is created within the 24‐hour timescale after the desired time is selected. The recording period is illustrated as one or more colored horizontal bars where, one bar is created for each recording mode applied to the recording period.
To delete a recording period using the Timescale control
1. From the Recording Mode Buttons, select the [Erase] button. All recording mode buttons will become de‐selected.
2. Click and drag along the timescale where the recording period is to be deleted.
Any recording periods along the path of the mouse‐pointer will be deleted after selection.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 273
NVRs & DVRs
CompleteView™ is capable of interfacing with select models of Samsung and HikVision
NVRs (Network Video Recorder) and DVRs (Digital Video Recorder)*. CompleteView™ can access both live and recorded NVR video.
*Note: Hereafter, both devices will be referred to as “NVRs”.
Adding an NVR
Initial configuration of the NVR and its associated cameras is to be done in accordance with the manufacturer’s directions. Once configured, launch CompleteView™ Server
Configuration, right click on the “NVRs/DVRs” menu tree, and select “Add NVR/DVR” to associate the NVR with the CompleteView™ server.
Figure 12‐58, NVR Right Click Menu
Name the NVR, and select the Manufacturer, Model, Address, enter the appropriate credentials and select the NVR’s time zone.
Salient Systems Corporation
Figure 12‐59, NVR Config Menu
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 274
Note that the number of accessible channels for certain models of NVR are limited.
The limitations are reflected in the number of available cameras assignable to a given
NVR.
Figure 12‐60, NVR General Tab
Adding Cameras to an NVR
After successfully configuring the NVR, adding cameras works similarly to adding non‐
NVR cameras in CompleteView™. In Server Configuration, right click on “Cameras,” select “Add Camera”, and enter a meaningful name.
Select the make of the camera from the Manufacturer dropdown (which will be the same make as the NVR that was just added), then select the model of the NVR from the Model dropdown.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 275
Next, check the “Configure NVR/DVR Channel” box. Select the appropriate NVR from the dropdown list. The next available channel in the “Select Channel” dropdown menu will be selected. Change the channel, if desired.
Figure 12‐61, NVR Camera Config Detail
Storage Option
CompleteView™ presents two options for recorded video from NVR cameras; VMS
Volume or NVR Storage.
If VMS Volume is chosen, the video data is stored on the CompleteView™ server and behaves much like video data coming from any camera not associated with an NVR.
The CompleteView™ server is capable of taking over stream processing as with other cameras whose on‐camera capabilities are not natively supported by CompleteView™.
Scheduling for the video stream is configured on the CompleteView™ server as with any other camera.
If NVR Storage is chosen, the video data is stored on the NVR. Search filters within the
Video Client such as motion or alarm event recording searches are not available, and the video can only be searched by a given time range. Currently, video stored on
Hikvision NVRs is not available for export, while Samsung NVR video export is supported.
After selecting the Storage Option, click “Apply”, and save the CompleteView™ configuration. Note that the credentials, IP address, etcetera, auto populate from the configured NVR.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 276
Figure 12‐62, NVR Add Camera
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 277
Server Configurations, Diagnostic/Reporting
The Diagnostic/Reporting object in the Server Configurations console tree provides system support personnel with useful troubleshooting tools.
In the server configurations console tree click Diagnostic/Reporting to display the
Diagnostic/Reporting details pane.
The details pane contains a set of tabbed windows. Each window presents configuration parameters and information related to a particular diagnostic tool.
To access a diagnostic tool, click its associated tab.
Diagnostic/Reporting, Logging Window
The Logging pane enables support personnel to configure log file content and behavior.
The Logging pane is loosely organized into two sections where the left half of the window contains a log file specification and the right half of the display presents
“Logging Settings” that determine log file behavior.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>{Selected Server}>Diagnostics/Reporting>Logging
Figure 12‐63, Diagnostic/Reporting ‐ Logging Details
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Log File Specification
The log‐file specification section in the Logging window consists of:
1. The log file Path Specification
2. The CompleteView™ Component Window
P a g e | 278
Log File Specification
Log File Path:
Component Window
Specify where CompleteView™ log files will be stored.
List the software components that contribute to the log file.
Table 12‐64, Log File Specification
The Log File Path specification determines where CompleteView™ log files will be stored. By default, log files are stored in the .\logs subdirectory of the CompleteView™ installation folder. Typically, the .\logs subdirectory can be found at c:\Program
Files\CompleteView\logs.
The Log File Path dialogue consists of a pathname text box and a […] button.
The Log File Path text box displays the currently defined log file path. The currently defined path can be changed by typing a new pathname into the pathname text box or by clicking the […] button thereby opening a browse for folder dialogue and browsing to the new log file folder.
The Component Window is a two‐column display consisting of a component column and a logging level column.
The component column lists the CompleteView™ software components that can contribute to the log file.
The logging level column lists the logging level at which each component currently contributes. The logging level determines how much diagnostic information a software component generates and sends to the log file.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 279
Logging Settings
Logging Settings determine how logging functions behave. The Logging Settings portion of the logging window presents options that affect logging activity, process and log file behaviors.
Logging Settings
Log Level
Immediate Flush
Allows log events to be immediately written to disk.
Rollover Logfiles
Start a new log file whenever updated system configurations are saved.
Keep Logs For
Specify the logging activity level permitted for each software component that contributes to the log file.
Specify log file retention period in days.
Table 12‐65, Logging Settings
The Log Level drop‐down menu contains the logging activity settings that can be assigned to each software component in the Component Window.
To assign a log level to a software component:
1. In the Component Window, select the software component to be modified.
2. In the Logging Settings section, click the carat in the Log Level drop down box to open the menu. Mouse‐over and then select the new log level.
3. In the Component Window, the log level associated with the selected software component will change to reflect the new setting.
Log levels range from {None} to {Trace}. Selecting {None} disables logging for the selected component. Specify {Trace} to enable the most verbose logging activity for the selected component. When logging activity is increased, more system resources are required to support the logging function and overall system performance may be affected.
The Immediate Flush checkbox enables log entries to be immediately written to disk.
Software components generate log entries according their associated log level, these entries are posted to a memory‐resident queue. The memory‐resident queue periodically writes its content to the log file on disk. When Immediate Flush is selected the memory‐resident queue writes log entries to the log file on disk immediately as
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 280 they are posted. Selecting Immediate Flush greatly increases disk activity and overall system performance will likely be affected.
The Rollover Logfiles checkbox causes the current log file to be closed and a new log file to be opened whenever updated system settings are saved.
The Keep Logs field specifies the number of days log files are kept on disk.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 281
Diagnostic/Reporting, Cameras Window
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>{Selected Server}>Diagnostics/Reporting>Cameras
Figure 12‐64, Diagnostic/Reporting ‐ Camera Details
Log File Specification
Log File Path:
Camera Window
Specify where CompleteView™ log files will be stored.
List of cameras associated with the selected server.
Table 12‐66, Log File Specification
The Log File Path specification determines where CompleteView™ log files will be stored. By default, log files are stored in the .\logs subdirectory of the CompleteView™ installation folder. Typically, the .\logs subdirectory can be found at c:\Program
Files\CompleteView\logs.
The Log File Path dialogue consists of a pathname text box and a […] button.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 282
The Log File Path text box displays the currently defined log file path. The currently defined path can be changed by typing a new pathname into the pathname text box or by clicking the […] button thereby opening a browse for folder dialogue and browsing to the new log file folder.
The Camera Window displays the cameras associated with the CompleteView™ server. Select a camera or cameras to log information.
Stream Properties
Stream Properties
Log File Name
Log Stream
Properties
Include All
Cameras
Specifies stream properties Log File Name.
Saves the stream properties of selected cameras.
Includes all cameras on the selected server.
Table 12‐67, Stream Properties
The Stream Properties log captures frame rate, bitrate and resolution information for individual or multiple cameras, and saves the data to the specified log file. Camera names are added to the log.
Filter Logging
Filter Logging
Log File Name
Duration
Filter
Select All
Specifies Filter Logging Log File Name.
Time in seconds to record Filter Logging data.
The name of the filter being applied to the camera data.
Selects all cameras to save to Filter Log.
Table 12‐68, Filter Log
Filter logging captures specific frames, frame numbers, time stamps, and fps information for the selected cameras. A new folder reflecting the camera name is created for each camera selected.
Both Stream Properties and Filter Logging data are generally used for debugging and troubleshooting, and under normal circumstances will not need to be accessed.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 283
Diagnostic/Reporting, Configurations Window
The Configurations Window enables support personnel to examine CompleteView™ server or client configuration files retrieved from the localhost, from configuration files saved to disk or from a configuration server.
The Configurations Window contains a configuration view window and a collection of buttons that enable configuration files to be loaded into the view window and optionally saved as XML files.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Diagnostics/Reporting>Configurations
Figure 12‐65, Diagnostic/Reporting ‐ Configurations Details
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Configurations Window Load Buttons
View Server
Configuration
Loads the localhost server configuration file
Load Server
Configuration
Load Client
Configuration
Load a saved server configuration file from disk
Load client configuration files
P a g e | 284
Save as CSV File
Save the currently loaded configuration file from the
configuration view window to disk. Select which sections are to be saved, and click [OK].
Save as XML
File
Save the currently loaded configuration file from the
configuration view window to disk
Table 12‐69, Configurations Load Buttons
The View Server Configuration button causes the localhost server configuration to be loaded into the configuration view window.
The Load Server Configuration button opens a browse for file dialogue. Using the
browse for file dialogue, navigate to and select a server configuration file to load into the configuration view window. Configuration files are those having a .cvw file extension.
The Load Client Configuration button opens a Load Client Configuration dialogue:
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Load Client Configuration
P a g e | 285
Click [OK] to continue
Figure 12‐66, Load Client Configuration Dialogue
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 286
Local Configuration opens a client login dialogue. Input valid user account credentials for the localhost client and click [OK]. The localhost client configuration is loaded into the configuration view window.
Configuration File opens a browse for file dialogue. Using the browse for file dialogue, navigate to and select a client configuration file to load into the configuration view window. Configuration files are those having a .cvw file extension.
Configuration Server opens a Connect to Server dialogue. Input the IP address and valid user account credentials for the target configuration server and click [OK].
The Save as XML File button opens a save file dialogue. Using the save file dialogue, navigate to the target folder. In the File Name text box provide a name for the XML file being created and click [Save]. The configuration file currently loaded in the
configuration view window is saved to disk in XML format using the specified filename.
Salient Systems Corporation Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 287
13. Configuring CompleteView™ Clients
CompleteView™ clients organize camera video from servers into Views for presentation to the user.
In order to do this configuration settings relating to various system components must be maintained by each client. Configuration settings are kept in a configuration file named clientcfg.cvw located in the CompleteView™ installation directory on each client computer.
Configuring a CompleteView™ client involves editing the content of its clientcfg.cvw configuration file using the System Configuration utility.
When a client is to be configured, the System Configuration utility performs the following actions:
1. The System Configuration utility accesses a client configuration file from one of three sources: a. The local machine b. An offline configuration file located on disk or in a network share c. An offline configuration file located on a CompleteView™
Configuration Server.
When configuring the local machine client, the System Configuration utility accesses the file clientcfg.cvw located in the CompleteView™ installation directory.
When editing an offline client configuration, the System Configuration utility accesses the offline configuration file specified during the client configuration, startup dialogue.
Offline configuration filenames must include a .cvw file extension.
2. A working copy of the specified configuration file is loaded into the configuration utility and displayed at the root level of the console tree as a client configuration container.
The working copy of the target configuration file used by the utility is a ‘snapshot’ of the source configuration file. Changes made to the working copy do not take effect until the modified ‘snapshot’ has been saved and, if applicable, the local machine client has been restarted.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 288
Once added to the configuration utility console tree, the client configuration
(container) can be expanded to reveal its sub‐containers and sub‐containers can be expanded to reveal the component objects they contain.
Component objects may be added, deleted or reorganized within sub‐containers using System Configuration Menu commands, the configuration toolbar, or by right clicking on a selected object or container to display its context–sensitive drop‐down menu.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Managing Client Configurations
Client Configuration Menu
P a g e | 289
Figure 13‐1, Client Configuration Menu
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 290
Client Menu Items
Add Client Configuration
Edit Credentials
Create a new client configuration/container.
Edit selected client configuration credentials.
Delete Client Configuration
Remove selected client configuration/container.
Reload Configuration
Reload the selected client configuration from its source location.
Save Configuration
Load Configuration From
Save Configuration To
Load Backup
Save the selected client configuration to its source location.
Open a client configuration file from a specified location.
Save the selected client configuration to a specified configuration file.
Restore a client configuration backup file into the selected client configuration container.
Save Backup
User
View
Map
Server
Zone
Save the selected client configuration to a backup.
Open the User submenu relating to the selected configuration.
Open the View submenu relating to the selected configuration.
Open the Map submenu relating to the selected configuration.
Open the Server submenu relating to the selected configuration.
Open the Zone submenu relating to the selected configuration.
Figure 13‐2, Client Container Menu Items
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 291
To add a Client Configuration
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select any client configuration object, then right‐click to open the Client Configuration menu.
Mouse over and select Add Client Configuration.
‐ OR –
On the Client Configuration toolbar, click the [Add Client Configuration] button.
2. An Add Client Configuration dialogue will appear.
Add Client Configuration
Figure 13‐3, Add Client Configuration Dialogue
3. In the Add Client Configuration dialogue, select the radio button corresponding to the source of the configuration file to be added, where:
Local Configuration designates the client configuration file used by the local machine Video Client.
Configuration File refers to an unspecified client configuration file that has been previously saved to a disk folder or network share.
Configuration Server refers to an unspecified client configuration file stored on a CompleteView™ Configuration Server.
Click [OK]
4. One of the following responses will occur:
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 292
If Local Configuration was selected the local machine configuration is added to the configuration session.
If Configuration File was selected a Browse for File dialogue will appear.
Using the Browse for File dialogue navigate to and select the target configuration file.
If Configuration Server was selected an Add Client Configuration logon dialogue is displayed. Input the IP Address and logon credentials for the target CompleteView™ Configuration Server and click [OK].
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 293
To edit Client Configuration Credentials
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select the target client configuration object, then right‐click to open the Client Configuration menu.
2. Mouse over and select Edit Credentials…
If the current configuration has not been saved since the last edit, a
Question dialogue will appear.
Question Dialogue
To proceed without saving click [Yes], to abort the operation click [No]
If the current configuration has been saved or does not need to be saved, a
Login dialogue will appear.
Login Dialogue
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 294
3. In the Login dialogue, enter the new Username and Password that will be used to access the selected Client Configuration. Click [OK].
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 295
To delete a Client Configuration
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select the target client configuration object then right‐click to open the Client Configuration menu.
2. Mouse over and select Delete Client Configuration. A Question dialogue will appear.
3. Click [Yes].
Question Dialogue
Figure 13‐4, Question Dialogue
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 296
To reload a Client Configuration
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select the target client configuration object, then right‐click to open the Client Configuration menu.
2. Mouse over and select Reload Configuration.
If the current configuration has not been saved since the last edit, a Question dialogue will appear.
Question Dialogue
To proceed without saving click [Yes], to abort the operation click [No].
3. If edits to the current configuration have been saved or can be discarded, the selected client configuration container is reloaded from its source configuration file.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 297
To save a Client Configuration
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select the target client configuration object, then right‐click to open the Client Configuration menu.
2. Mouse over and select Save Configuration. An Information dialogue will appear.
Information Dialogue
Figure 13‐5, Information Dialogue
3. In the Information dialogue, click [OK].
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 298
To load a Client Configuration
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select the server configuration container to be loaded with a new configuration, then right‐ click to open the Server Configuration menu. Mouse over and select Load
Server Configuration from...
2. A Load Client Configuration from dialogue will appear.
Load Client Configuration From
Figure 13‐6, Load Client Configuration Dialogue
3. In the Load Client Configuration dialogue, select the radio button corresponding to the source of the configuration file to be added, where:
Local Configuration designates the client configuration file used by the local machine Video Client.
Configuration File refers to an unspecified client configuration file that has been previously saved to a disk folder or network share.
Configuration Server refers to an unspecified client configuration file stored on a CompleteView™ Configuration Server.
In the Load Client Configuration dialogue, click [OK]
4. One of the following responses will occur:
If Local Configuration was selected the local machine client configuration will be added to the configuration session. A Login dialogue will appear, go to step‐5
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 299
If Configuration File was selected a Browse for File dialogue will appear.
Using the Browse for File dialogue navigate to and select the configuration file to be loaded into the selected Client Configuration object. A Login dialogue will appear, go to step‐5
If Configuration Server was selected a Load Client Configuration from dialogue is displayed.
Load Client Configuration From
In the Load Client Configuration from dialogue, input the IP Address,
Username and Password for the CompleteView Configuration Server where the target, client configuration file is stored. Select the configuration file to be loaded into the selected Client Configuration object. A Login dialogue will appear, go to step‐5.
5. In the Login dialogue, input the Username and Password for the client configuration file to be loaded. Click [OK].
Load Client Configuration
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 300
The selected client configuration file is loaded into the selected client configuration container.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 301
To save a client configuration to a file
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select the client configuration container to be saved, then right‐click to open the Client
Configuration menu. Mouse over and select Save Client Configuration to...
2. A Save Client Configuration to dialogue will appear.
Save Client Configuration To…
Figure 13‐7, Save Client Configuration
3. In the Save Client Configuration dialogue, select the radio button corresponding to the destination of the configuration file to be added, where:
Local Configuration designates that the current configuration will be saved to the local‐machine client configuration file.
Configuration File designates that the current configuration will be saved to an unspecified file in a disk folder or network share.
Configuration Server designates that the current configuration will be stored on a CompleteView™ Configuration Server.
In the Save Client Configuration to… dialogue, click [OK].
4. One of the following responses will occur:
If Local Configuration was selected the current configuration is saved to the local‐machine client configuration file, go to step‐5.
If Configuration File was selected a Save Client Configuration To dialogue will appear. Using the Save Client Configuration To dialogue navigate to and
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 302 select or name the configuration file where the current configuration will be saved, go to step‐5.
If Configuration Server was selected a Save Client Configuration to dialogue is displayed.
Save Client Configuration To
In the Save Client Configuration to dialogue, input the IP Address, Username and Password for the CompleteView Configuration Server where the current, client configuration will be stored, go to step‐5.
5. An Information dialogue is displayed is displayed.
Information Dialogue
In the Information dialogue, click [OK].
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 303
To restore a client configuration backup
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select the target client configuration object, then right‐click to open the Client Configuration menu.
2. Mouse over and select Load Backup.
Question Dialogue
If the current configuration has not been saved since the last edit, a
Question dialogue will appear.
To proceed without saving click [Yes], the current configuration will be discarded when the backup configuration is restored. To abort the operation click [No].
If the current configuration has been saved since the last edit or can be discarded, an Open dialogue will appear.
3. Using the Open dialogue navigate to and select the configuration backup file to be loaded into the selected Client Configuration object.
4. Click [Open]. The selected client configuration backup file is restored to the selected client configuration container.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 304
To save a client configuration backup
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select the client configuration container that will be used to create the configuration backup file, then right‐click to open the Client Configuration menu.
2. Mouse over and select Save Backup. A Save As dialogue will open.
3. Using the Save As dialogue, navigate to a destination folder and input a
Filename for the backup configuration file being created.
4. Click [Save], a backup file is created from the selected configuration to the
Destination Folder using the specified Filename.
By default, the Save As dialogue opens in the CompleteView installation folder. Backup files may be created in the
CompleteView installation folder, or, the System Administrator may use the Save As dialogue to navigate to any destination disk folder or network share where the backup file will be created using the specified filename.
To access User functions from the client configuration menu
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select the target client configuration container, then right‐click to open the Client
Configuration menu.
2. Mouse‐over User, the User submenu will open.
For detailed information about managing Client Configuration Users, refer to Section
0, Creating and Managing Client Users/Groups.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 305
To access View functions from the client configuration menu
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select the target client configuration container, then right‐click to open the Client
Configuration menu.
2. Mouse‐over View, the View submenu will open.
For detailed information about managing Client Configuration Views, refer to Section
0, Creating and Managing Views.
To access Map functions from the client configuration menu
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select the target client configuration container, then right‐click to open the Client
Configuration menu.
2. Mouse‐over Map, the Map submenu will open.
For detailed information about managing Client Configuration Maps, refer to Section
0, Creating and Managing Map Objects.
To access Server functions from the client configuration menu
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select the target client configuration container, then right‐click to open the Client
Configuration menu.
2. Mouse‐over Server, the Server submenu will open.
For detailed information about managing Client Configuration Servers, refer to
Section 0, Creating and Managing Server Objects.
To access Zone functions from the client configuration menu
1. At the root level of the Client Configuration console tree, select the target client configuration container. Right‐click to open the Client Configuration menu.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 306
2. Mouse‐over Zone, the Zone submenu will open.
For detailed information about managing Client Configuration Zones, refer to Section
0, Creating and Client Zones/sites.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Configuring the Client Configuration
P a g e | 307
Client Configuration, Client General Settings Window
The Client configuration <General> tab contains Active Directory and special functions that pertain to the currently selected client configuration container.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>{Selected Clientcfg}>General
Figure 13‐8, Client Container General Window
The Client Configuration <General> window is organized into two groups of settings:
Active Directory Authentication
Special Features
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 308
Active Directory Authentication is a CompleteView™ Enterprise feature. These settings specify the AD domain and user credentials within that domain that
CompleteView™ will use to authenticate network membership.
1. Domain – Specifies the domain with which CompleteView™ will authenticate.
2. Username – The domain Username used for authentication.
3. Password – The Password associated with the domain Username.
The Auto‐disconnect when idle checkbox configures the client to disconnect from servers automatically when the client window is minimized or the screen saver becomes active. Client will automatically reconnect when window is restored or screen saver is deactivated.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 309
Client Configuration, Zones/Sites
CompleteView™ provides the ability to organize view layouts and maps through the
Sites & Zones feature. Organizing view layouts and maps using Sites & Zones is similar to organizing files in folders. The structure created using Sites & Zones appears in the Video Client.
A Zone is the top‐level object in the structure. A Zone can contain other Zones as well as sites within it but Zones do not contain views and maps. Sites are the bottom level organizational object and can contain any number of view layouts and/or maps but no other sites and Zones.
A common structure may begin with Zones named to represent states. With the
Zones, which represent a state there, may be sites representing cities. Each site there would contain view layouts and maps. For example, there may be a Zone names "Texas" with a site names "Austin" which would contain the views and maps.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 310
Creating and Managing Client Zones/Sites
The client configuration Zones/Sites Menu enable a system administrator to manage zone and site objects.
This section describes how to manage zone and site objects using the Zones/Sites
Menu. The functions available from the Zones/Sites Menu can also be accessed via corresponding buttons in the client configuration, console toolbar.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Volumes><{Volume}
New Zone
Create a new zone container
New Site
Create a new site object
Remove
Delete selected Zone or Site
Click to select Volume, right click opens menu
Figure 13‐9, Zones/Sites Menu
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 311
To create a new zone container
1. In the Client Configuration, console tree click to expand the Zones/Sites container.
To create a new zone container subordinate within the Zones/Sites container, select the Zones/Sites container.
‐ OR ‐
To create a new zone container within a subordinate the Zone container, select the subordinate Zone container within the Zones/Sites container.
2. Right click to open the Zones/Sites menu.
3. Mouse over and select New Zone. A New Zone dialogue will appear.
4. In the New Zone dialogue box, enter a name for the zone being created.
5. Click [OK]. A new zone container is created in the Zones/Sites container or in the selected, subordinate Zone container.
Enter a Zone name
Figure 13‐10, New Zone Dialogue
To create a new site object
1. In the Client Configuration, console tree click to expand the Zones/Sites container.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 312
To create a new zone container subordinate within the Zones/Sites container, select the Zones/Sites container.
‐ OR ‐
To create a new zone container within a subordinate Zone container, select the subordinate Zone container within the Zones/Sites container.
2. Right click to open the Zones/Sites menu.
3. Mouse over and select New Zone. A New Zone dialogue will appear.
4. In the New Zone dialogue box, enter a name for the zone being created.
5. Click [OK]. A new zone container is created in the Zones/Sites container or in the selected, subordinate Zone container.
Enter a Site name
Figure 13‐11, New Site Dialogue
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 313
To remove a site object or zone container:
1. In the Client Configuration, console tree click to expand the Zones/Sites container, then select the zone or site to be removed.
2. Right click to open the Zones/Sites menu.
3. Mouse over and select Remove. The selected zone or site is removed from the Zones/Sites container.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Configuring Zones/Sites
P a g e | 314
Zones, General Window
The Zones <General> window contains a textbox control that displays and enables the System Administrator to edit the name of the currently selected Zone.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>{Selected Clientcfg}>Zones/Sites>{Selected Zone}>General
Figure 13‐12, Zones General Window
To edit the Zone name:
1. Mouse over the textbox control and click to place the windows cursor into the textbox.
2. Type a new name or edit the existing name as required.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 315
Zones Administration Window
The Zones <Administration> window contains a greyed out Users/Groups list box.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>{Clientcfg}>Zones/Sites>{Zone}>Administration
Figure 13‐13, Zones Administration Tab
The Zones <Administration> window performs no active functions.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 316
Sites, General Window
The Sites <General> window contains a textbox control that displays and enables the
System Administrator to edit the name of the currently selected Zone.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>{Clientcfg}>Zones/Sites>{Zone}>General
Figure 13‐14, Sites General Window
To edit the Site name:
1. Mouse over the textbox control and click to place the windows cursor into the textbox.
2. Type a new name or edit the existing name as required.
Salient Systems, Inc.
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 317
Sites, Administration Window
The Sites <Administration> window contains a Users/Groups list box that enables the
System Administrator to select which Users and Groups are permitted to access
Views and Maps within the currently selected Site.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>{Clientcfg}>Zones/Sites>{Zone}>General
Figure 13‐15, Sites Administration Window
`
The Users/Groups window lists the Users and groups currently defined in the
CompleteView™ system. Each entry in the list is associated with a corresponding checkbox. The checkbox is used to assign users access permission to the Views and
Maps contained within the currently selected Site.
In order to grant access permission to a listed User or Group, select its corresponding checkbox.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 318
Client Configuration, Users/Groups
In the CompleteView™ Client, Users and Groups provide for:
Local client access permissions
The ability to organize View Layouts on a per User or per Group basis
The ability to grant users permission to access view Layouts organized on a per Site basis
The ability to assign video server account credentials to individual video client users or groups of users.
Video client user accounts are defined in the “clientcfg.cvw,” client configuration file.
The client configuration can be edited using the CompleteView™ Client Configuration
Utility. Client configurations include a Users/Groups container. User Objects and
Group Objects exist within the client configuration Users/Groups container.
Each user object and each group object is associated with a Views container and a
Maps container. Thus, unique view layouts and maps can be created for each user and each group. In this way, Views and Maps are organized on per‐user and per‐ group basis.
Client Configuration Utility Console Tree
User Object Group Object
Figure 13‐16, Client Configuration Utility Console Tree
Individual users and groups may also be given permission to access Views and Maps that are organized on a per‐site basis via settings in the Zones/Sites <Administration> configuration. For more details on Zones/Sites Administration, refer to Section 0,
“Sites Administration Window.”
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 319
Client Users/Groups Functional Overview
During normal operation, CompleteView™ users log onto a local instance of the Video
Client application using account credentials associated with a user object defined in the local client configuration. The client user account provides permission to access
View Layouts and Maps defined in the local client configuration.
When logged in to the Video Client, in the video client console tree, the user is presented with View Layouts and Maps as follows:
1. Those defined in the client configuration specifically for the individual User.
2. Those defined in the client configuration for any Group to which the individual User belongs.
3. Those defined in the client configuration for any Site, which specifically permits the individual User or any Group to which the individual User belongs.
View Layouts depend on camera video provided by remote video servers. Whenever a client attempts to access camera video from a server via a View Layout, the client must then also authenticate with the server being accessed.
By default, the client account credentials will be used for server authentication.
Settings in the client configuration Users/Groups, Credentials Window allow video client users and groups to be assigned account credentials for each server in the system that is known to the client configuration.
Known servers are defined in the client configuration file Servers, container. For more information about defining and configuring servers in the client configuration file, refer to Section 0, “Client Configuration, Servers.”
The same server account credentials may be specified for multiple video client users.
A single server account that is shared by multiple clients enables “role” based permissions to be assigned to multiple client Users/Groups.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 320
Creating and Managing Client Users/Groups
Commands available from the client configuration User Menu are used to create and manage video client users and groups.
To access the User Menu, select a user or group object and then right‐click. The User
Menu will drop‐down to display.
The User Menu can also be accessed from the configuration console menu bar Server
Configuration menu. Refer to Section 0, “Client Configuration Console”
Commonly used User Menu commands can also be invoked from the configuration console toolbar. Refer to Section 0, “Client Configuration Toolbar”
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Servers>Volumes><{Volume}
New Group
Create a new Group object
New User
Create a new User object
Clone
Delete
Create a new user using the configuration settings of the currently selected
User
Delete selected User or
Group
New
Password
Create a new password for the selected User
Click to select Volume, right click opens menu
Figure 13‐17, Client Users/Groups Menu
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 321
To create a new Group
1. In the Client Configuration console, select the Users/Groups container then right click to open the Users/Group menu.
2. Mouse over and select New Group. A New Group dialogue will appear.
3. In the New Group dialogue box, enter a name for the group container. Click
[OK].
4. The new group container is created in the Users/Group container and is ready for configuration.
To create a new User
1. In the Client Configuration console, select the Users/Groups container. Right click to open the Users/Group menu.
2. Mouse over and select New User. A New User dialogue +will appear.
3. In the New User dialogue box, enter a name for the new user object. Click
[OK]. A Password dialogue will appear.
4. In the Password dialogue box, enter a password for the new user object.
Click [OK]. A Verify Password dialogue will appear.
5. In the Verify Password dialogue box, re‐enter the password previously entered for the new user object. Click [OK].
6. The new user object is created in the Users/Groups container and is ready for configuration.
To Clone a User
1. In the Client Configuration console, select the Users/Groups container then right click to open the Users/Group menu.
2. Mouse over and select Clone. A New User dialogue will appear.
3. In the New User dialogue box, enter a name for the new user object. Click
[OK]. A Password dialogue will appear.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 322
4. In the Password dialogue box, enter a password for the new user object.
Click [OK]. A Verify Password dialogue will appear.
5. In the Verify Password dialogue box, re‐enter the password previously entered for the new user object. Click [OK].
6. The cloned user object is created in the Users/Groups container and is ready for configuration.
To delete a User or Group
1. In the Client Configuration console, expand the Users/Groups container.
2. Select the User or group to be deleted, then right click to open the
Users/Group menu.
3. Mouse over and select Delete. A Remove User dialogue will appear.
4. In the Remove User dialogue, click [Yes] to delete the selected User or
Group.
‐ OR –
Click [No] to abort the operation.
To a new password for a User
1. In the Client Configuration console, expand the Users/Groups container.
2. Select the User or group to be deleted then right click to open the
Users/Group menu.
3. Mouse over and select New Password. A New Password dialogue will appear.
4. In the New Password dialogue box, enter a new password for the selected use. Click [OK]. A Verify Password dialogue will appear.
5. In the Verify Password dialogue box, re‐enter the password previously entered for the selected user object. Click [OK].
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Configuring Client Users and Groups
P a g e | 323
Users Administration Window
The User configuration <Administration> window contains checkbox controls that enable the System Administrator to assign a variety of attributes to individual Users.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>{Clientcfg}>Users/Groups>{Usr/Grp}>Administration
Salient Systems, Inc.
Figure 13‐18, Users/Groups Administration Tab
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 324
The Administrator checkbox assigns Administrator privilege to the currently selected
User. If set, the user can view and modify selected CompleteView™ Server configurations.
The Auto Fullscreen checkbox enables automatic full screen operation for the selected user. When set the CompleteView™ Client application will automatically enter Fullscreen viewing mode upon User logon.
The Auto Sequence checkbox enables Auto‐Sequence operation for the selected user. When set, the CompleteView Client application will automatically begin sequencing between live‐view layouts upon User logon.
The Disable Auto Login checkbox overrides the Auto Login feature of the Video
Client. Only users whose permissions are subordinate to an Administrator are subject to Auto Login deactivation.
The Active Directory Authentication checkbox indicates that the selected User is a
user object centrally managed by the Windows® Active Directory. Windows® AD user
objects cannot be edited via the CompleteView™ client configuration tool.
The Hide Nodes group of checkboxes give the System Administrator control over what becomes visible to the selected User upon Video Client logon.
The Hide Nodes group includes one checkbox control for each node type that can appear in the Video Client console tree. When a Hide Nodes checkbox is selected, the corresponding node type is hidden from the video client User.
At least one node type must be unchecked, otherwise nothing will be visible to the
Video Client user.
The Member of these groups list box enables the System Administrator to assign the selected User to one or more groups. The box displays a list of all local groups. Each listed group associates with a corresponding checkbox control. When checked, the user is a member of the group and inherits any view layouts that have been created for that group(s).
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 325
Groups Administration Window
The Group configuration <Administration> window contains checkbox controls that enable the System Administrator to assign a variety of attributes to Groups.
Attributes assigned to Groups are inherited by all group‐member Users.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>{Clientcfg}>Users/Groups>{Usr/Grp}>Administration
The Administrator checkbox assigns Administrator privilege to the currently selected
Group. If set, the group members can view and modify CompleteView™ Server configurations.
The Auto Fullscreen checkbox enables automatic full screen operation for the group members. When set the CompleteView™ Client application will automatically enter
Fullscreen viewing mode upon User logon.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 326
The Auto Sequence checkbox enables Auto‐Sequence operation for the selected user. When set, the CompleteView Client application will automatically begin sequencing between live‐view layouts upon User logon.
The Active Directory Authentication checkbox indicates that the selected Group is a
group object centrally managed by the Windows® Active Directory. Windows® AD
group objects cannot be edited via the CompleteView™ client configuration tool.
The Hide Nodes checkboxes give the System Administrator control over what becomes visible to members of the selected Group upon Video Client logon.
The Hide Nodes checkboxes include one checkbox control for each node type that can appear in the Video Client console tree. When a Hide Nodes checkbox is selected, the corresponding node type is hidden from group members when they log onto the
CompleteView™ video client.
At least one node type must be unchecked, otherwise nothing will be visible to group members when they log onto the CompleteView™ video client.
The Users in this group list box enables the System Administrator to assign users to the group being configured. The box displays a list of all local users. Each listed user associates with a corresponding checkbox control. When checked, the user is a member of the group being configured and inherits any view layouts that have been created for that group.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 327
Users/Groups, Credentials Window
The <Credentials> window enables the System Administrator to assign video server user credentials to local client groups and individual users.
During normal operation, CompleteView™ users log onto a local instance of the Video
Client application using local user account credentials. Whenever a client attempts to access a protected system resource, such as a camera on a server, the client must then also authenticate with a valid user account on the server being accessed.
By default, the local account credentials will be used for server authentication whenever a client attempts to access a protected resource.
Settings in the <Credentials> window allow video client users and groups to be assigned account credentials for each server in the system. The same server account credentials may be specified for multiple video client users.
A single server account that is shared by multiple clients is known as a role account.
The primary benefit of using role accounts is that there is less administration required to manage users on each video server.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>{Clientcfg}>Users/Groups>{Usr/Grp}>Credentials
Salient Systems, Inc.
Figure 13‐19, Users/Groups Credentials Window
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 328
Servers List Box:
The Servers list box contains a list of each video server that is defined in the currently selected client configuration.
Credentials Settings:
These settings determine what credentials will be supplied to video servers by the local client users and groups.
Passthrough is the default credentials setting. The user credentials supplied during the client login are used to authenticate to the selected video server.
Alternate From Group – Deprecated
Alternate – Utilize the user credentials specified below to authenticate to the selected video server.
Username – The username used to authenticate to the selected video server.
Password – The valid password for the username entered above.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 329
Client Configuration, Servers
In the CompleteView™ Client, servers provide video from cameras.
To the video client, servers are defined in the “clientcfg.cvw,” client configuration file.
The client configuration can be edited using the CompleteView™ Client Configuration
Utility. Client configurations include a Servers container. Server objects exist within the client configuration server’s container.
Each server object in the client configuration represents a remote video server in the
CompleteView™ system. Server objects are configured with a valid IP address for each server. To the video client, each server represents the set of cameras that it manages. A camera list from each server is used to organize camera video into View
Layouts for presentation to video client users.
Client Configuration, Servers Functional Overview
In the CompleteView™ system, Video Servers provide camera video, to Video Clients.
Settings in the Client Configuration, Users/Groups and Client Configuration,
Zones/Sites are used to organize camera video from servers into View Layouts. View
Layouts define the video presentation that is experienced by users when they log into the CompleteView™ video client.
In order to access the camera video provided by servers, each remote video server in the system must be defined in the client configuration Servers container.
Client Configuration, Creating and Managing Servers
Commands available from the client configuration Servers Menu are used to create and manage server objects.
To access the Servers Menu, select the Servers container in the Client Configuration
Utility console tree. Right‐click to display the Servers Menu.
The Servers Menu can also be accessed from the Client Configuration menu, Server sub‐menu. Refer to Section 0, “Client Configuration Console”
Commonly used User Menu commands can also be invoked from the configuration console toolbar. Refer to Section 0, “Client Configuration Toolbar”
Server objects are created and managed by using functions available in the Server
Container Menu and the Server Object Menu.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 330
Menu functions can also be accessed via buttons on the client configuration Console
Toolbar.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>Servers><{Server}
Servers Menu Items
Click to select Server, right click opens menu
Figure 13‐20, Servers Menu
Add Server
Change Server Address
Delete Server
Create a new server object in the client configuration,
Servers container.
Change the IP address of the selected server.
Delete a server object from the client configuration,
Servers container.
Update Cached
Information
Update cached information from the selected server.
Table 13‐1, Servers Menu Items
To add a server to the client configuration
1. In the Client Configuration console tree, select the Server container. Right click to open the Server Menu.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 331
2. Mouse over and select Add Server. An Add Server dialogue will appear.
Add Server Dialogue
Enter IP address of remote server being added
Figure 13‐21, Add Server Dialogue
3. In the Add Server dialogue box, enter the IP address of the server being added. A Question dialogue box will appear:
Add Server Question Dialogue
Click [Yes] or [No]
Figure 13‐22, Add Server Question Dialogue
As new servers are added to the client configuration, the client configuration utility automatically queries each server for camera configuration information. The Question dialogue refers to the account credentials that will be used by the configuration utility during setup.
Credentials established here do not affect the credentials used by video client users that access the server during normal operation.
Click [No] and the configuration utility will access the server using the
CompleteView™ default admin account username and password.
‐ OR –
Click [Yes] and a Login dialogue will appear
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Server Login Dialogue
P a g e | 332
Enter server account credentials
Figure 13‐23, Server Login Dialogue
In the server Login dialogue, enter a valid username and password for an administrator account on the server being added. Click [OK].
4. The Configuration Utility connects to the server being added and retrieves camera information.
Retrieving Server Information
WAIT
Figure 13‐24, Retrieving Server Information
Upon successful completion, a new server object is created and placed in the client configuration Servers container.
To Change a server address
1. In the Client Configuration Utility console tree, Servers container, right click to select the server to be modified. The Servers Menu will appear.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 333
2. In the Servers Menu, mouse over and select Change Server Address. A
Change Server Address dialogue will appear.
Change Server Address Dialogue
Enter server address, click [OK]
Figure 13‐25, Change Server Address Dialogue
3. In the Change Server Address dialogue, enter a new address for the server being modified. Click [OK].
The Configuration Utility will attempt to access the server at its new address. When successful configuration information for the modified server will be retrieved and cached, server information is updated.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 334
To delete a server from the client configuration
1. In the Client Configuration Utility console tree, Servers container, right click to select the server object to be deleted. The Servers Menu will appear.
2. In the Servers Menu, mouse over and select Delete Server. The selected server object is deleted from the Servers container.
When Deleting a Server, the selected server object is deleted from the Servers container without further confirmation or warning.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 335
To update cached server information
1. In the Client Configuration Utility console tree, Servers container, right click to select the server object to be updated. The Servers Menu will appear.
2. In the Servers Menu, mouse over and select Update Cached Information.
A Retrieving Server Information dialogue will briefly display.
Retrieving Server Information
WAIT
When successful, configuration information is retrieved from the target server and used to update information cached in the current client configuration.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 336
Client Configuration, Configuring Servers
In the client configuration, server objects only require that a valid IP address be provided for each remote server being represented by each server object.
Server IP addresses are provided for server objects at the time the server object is created. Server objects require no further configuration.
Each server object in the client configuration is associated with a list of cameras retrieved from the remote server it represents. The cameras list for the selected server is visible the <Cameras> window in the Client Configuration console Details
Pane.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 337
Servers, Cameras Window
The Servers <Cameras> window contains a list box that contains a list of the cameras that are managed by the currently selected server.
To access the <Cameras> window for a particular server object: in the client configuration Servers container, select the target server object.
The <Cameras> window for the selected server object will appear in the configuration utility details pane.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>{Clientcfg}>Servers>{Server}>Cameras
Figure 13‐26, Servers Cameras Window
Cameras Window Controls
Cameras
List of cameras managed by the selected server.
Update Cached Information
Update cached information from the selected server.
Table 13‐2, Cameras Window Controls
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 338
Client Configuration, View Layouts
View Layouts define the format of video presentations available to users when they log into the CompleteView™ video client application.
View Layouts are defined in the client configuration file “clientcfg.cvw.” The client configuration can be edited using the CompleteView™ Client Configuration Utility.
Client configurations include multiple Views containers. View Layout objects exist within the Views containers.
Views containers are subordinate to User and Group objects. In the CompleteView™
Enterprise edition, Views containers are also subordinate to Sites. Every User object, Group object and Site object has an associated Views container that may contain an unlimited number of View Layouts. Thus, custom View Layouts may be established for individual users, roles performed by groups of users and by physical location.
Views Layouts Functional Overview
During operation, CompleteView™ users log onto a local instance of the Video Client application using account credentials associated with a user object defined in the local client configuration. The client user account provides permission to access View
Layouts defined in the client configuration.
When logged in to the Video Client, in the video client console tree, the user is presented with View Layouts as follows:
1. Those defined in the client configuration specifically for the individual User.
2. Those defined in the client configuration for any Group to which the individual User belongs.
3. Those defined in the client configuration for any Site, which specifically permits the individual User or any Group to which the individual User belongs.
View Layouts depend on camera video provided by remote video servers. Whenever a client attempts to access camera video from a server via a View Layout, the client must then also authenticate with the server being accessed.
By default, the client account credentials will be used for server authentication.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 339
Settings in the client configuration Users/Groups, Credentials Window allow video client users and groups to be assigned account credentials for each server in the system that is known to the client configuration.
Known servers are defined in the client configuration file Servers, container. For more information about defining and configuring servers in the client configuration file, refer to Section 0, “Client Configuration, Servers.”
The same server account credentials may be specified for multiple video client users.
A single server account that is shared by multiple clients enables “role” based permissions to be assigned to multiple client Users/Groups.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 340
Creating and Managing View Layouts
View Layout objects are created and managed by using functions available in the
View Container Menu and the View Object Menu.
View Menu functions can also be accessed via buttons on the client configuration
Console Toolbar.
View Layouts Container Menu
The client configuration Views Container Menu enables a system administrator to add new view and new auto‐views to the Views container.
View Container Menu
Right click opens menus
Figure 13‐27, View Menus
View Container Menu Items
New View
New Auto View
Create a new view layout object in the current Views
Container.
Create a new auto‐view layout objects in the current Views
Container.
Table 13‐3, View Container Menu Items
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 341
To create a new View layout object
1. In the Client Configuration console tree, select the Views container. Right‐ click to open the Views menu.
2. Mouse over and select New View. A New View dialogue will appear.
New View Dialogue
Enter View name and click [OK]
Figure 13‐28, New View Dialogue
3. In the New View dialogue box, enter a name for the view being created.
4. Click [OK]. A new view object is created in the current Views container.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 342
To create a new Auto View
The Auto View function automatically creates a View object in the current Views container and populates it with all of the cameras from a specified server.
1. In the Client Configuration console tree, select the Views Container then right‐click to open the Views Container Menu.
2. Mouse over and select New Auto Views. An Autopopulate Views dialogue appears.
Autopopulate Views
Figure 13‐29, Autopopulate Views Dialogue
3. In the Autopopulate Views dialogue: a. Open the Server drop‐down menu, mouse over and select the server from which to auto‐populate. b. Open the Aspect Ratio drop‐down menu. Mouse over and select the desired aspect ratio.
4. Click [OK]. The new View object is created in the Views container and populated with cameras from the specified server.
c. Open the Grid Size drop‐down menu, then mouse over and select the desired grid size.
The new View object configuration may now be edited per the procedures described in Section 0, “Configuring Views.”
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 343
View Layout Menu
The client configuration View Menu enables a system administrator to add and remove view objects within a views container.
View Object Menu
Click to select View, Right click opens menu
Figure 13‐30, View Object Menu
View Object Menu Items
New View
Auto Populate
Clone
Create a new View Layout object
Automatically create and configures a new View Layout object
Create a copy of the currently selected view layout object
Remove View
Removes the currently selected view layout object
Save As Template
Saves the currently selected view configuration as a template
Apply Template
Applies a saved template to the currently selected view layout
Delete Template
Removes the selected Template
Table 13‐4, View Object Menu Items
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 344
To create a new View
1. In the Client Configuration console tree, select the Views container, then right‐click to open the Views menu.
2. Mouse over and select New View. A New View dialogue will appear.
New View Dialogue
Enter View name and click [OK]
Figure 13‐31, New View Dialogue
3. In the New View dialogue box, enter a name for the view being created.
Click [OK]. A new view object is created in the current Views container.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 345
To auto‐populate a View
1. In the Client Configuration, console tree expand the Views container and then select the View Object that will be auto‐populated.
2. Right‐click the selected View Object; the view object menu will appear.
3. Mouse over and select Autopopulate… An Autopopulate Views dialogue displays.
Autopopulate Views
Figure 13‐32, Autopopulate Views
4. In the Autopopulate Views dialogue: a. Open the Server drop‐down menu, mouse over and select the server from which to auto‐populate. b. Open the Aspect Ratio drop‐down menu, then mouse over and select the desired aspect ratio. c. Open the Grid Size drop‐down menu, then mouse over and select the desired grid size.
5. Click [OK]. The new View object is created in the Views container and populated with cameras from the specified server.
The new View object configuration may now be edited per the procedures described in Section 0, “Configuring Views.”
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 346
To clone a View
1. In the Client Configuration console tree, expand the Views container. Select the View Object that will be cloned.
2. Mouse over and select Clone… A New View dialogue will appear.
New View Dialogue
Enter View name and click [OK]
3. In the New View dialogue box, enter a name for the view being created.
Click [OK]. A new view object is created in the current Views container.
To remove a View Layout
1. In the Client Configuration, console tree expand the Views container and then select the View Object that will be auto‐populated.
2. Right‐click the selected View Object; the view object menu will appear.
3. Mouse over and select Remove View. The selected view object is deleted from the Views Container.
When removing a View Layout, the selected View Layout object is deleted from the Views container without further confirmation or warning.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 347
To save a View Layout as a template
Once created, View Layout objects may be saved as a template that can be applied to other view layout objects.
1. In the Client Configuration console tree, expand the Views container and select the View Object that will be used as a template.
2. Right‐click the selected View Object; the view object menu will appear.
3. Mouse over and select Save as Template. A New Template dialogue will appear.
New Template Dialogue
Enter Template name and click [OK]
4. In the New Template dialogue box, enter a name for the template being created. Click [OK].
A new view template is saved using the specified template name; the new view template does not appear in the Views container.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 348
The list of view templates is accessible from the View object menu, Apply
Template function.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 349
To apply a template to a View Layout
1. In the Client Configuration, console tree expand the Views container and select the View Object that will be applied a template.
2. Right‐click the selected View Object; the view object menu will appear.
3. Mouse over Apply Template. A menu list of available templates will appear.
4. In the list of available templates, mouse‐over and select the template that will be applied to the selected view object; a warning will be displayed:
Apply Template Warning
Figure 13‐33, Apply Template Warning
5. To apply the selected Template, Click [Yes]. The selected template is applied to the selected view object.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 350
To delete a View template
1. In the Client Configuration console tree, expand the Views container and select a View Object.
2. Right‐click the selected View Object; the view object menu will appear.
3. Mouse‐over Delete Template, a menu list of available templates will appear.
6. In the list of available templates, mouse‐over and select the template to be deleted; a warning will appear:
Delete Template Warning
Figure 13‐34, Delete Template Warning
7. To delete the selected Template, Click [Yes].
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Configuring View Layouts
P a g e | 351
View Layouts, General Settings Window
The View Layout object <General> window contains settings that determine how the selected View Layout is presented to the user.
Individual View Layouts may be presented as one in a sequence of rotating View
Layouts, the <General> settings are used to enable and configure rotating behavior for the selected View Layout.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>{Client}>Users/Groups>{User}>Views>{View}
Figure 13‐35, View Object General Settings Window
View Layout General Settings
View Name
The name of the view layout as it is displayed to the user
In Sequence
Enables view layout timed rotation behavior
Dwell Time
Specifies timed rotation sequence pause in seconds
Table 13‐5, View Layout General Settings
Simple.Scalable.Security
Salient Systems, Inc.
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 352
View Layout, Edit Window
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>{Client}>Users/Groups>{User}>Views>{View}
Figure 13‐36, View Layout Object Edit Window
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 353
View Layout Edit Controls
Server
Cameras
Refresh
Aspect Ratio
Grid Scale
Title Bar
Frame Rate
Servers, contains a drop‐down list of each video server object that is defined in the currently selected client configuration, Servers container.
Cameras, contains a scroll‐box list of all cameras that are available on the video server currently selected in the Server list. Each camera is represented by a thumbnail still image
Refresh, Reloads the list of cameras and thumbnail images for the currently selected video server.
Aspect Ratio sets the aspect ratio of the tiled view display. Set the aspect ratio control to match the aspect ratio of the target display monitor.
Grid Scale enables a snap‐to grid in the layout editor window and determines the grid size.
Check to overlay the title bar on the video window. Note this does not change the aspect ratio of the video window
Sets the maximum live view frame rate for all currently selected camera
Quality
Sets the video compression visual quality (low, medium, high) for all currently selected cameras
Table 13‐6, View Layout Edit Controls
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 354
To add a camera to a view layout
Add cameras to the view layout by dragging a camera thumbnail image from the camera list onto the grid position where it should appear.
1. In the View Layout <Edit> window cameras list, mouse over and click to drag a camera thumbnail onto the onto the view layout drawing pane. A Viewing
Tile containing video from the selected camera will appear on the grid.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>{Client}>Users/Groups>{User}>Views>{View}
Figure 13‐37, View Layout Add Camera
When adding QuickTrack cameras to a View Layout, a maximum of one QuickTrack camera can be added per view layout.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 355
To resize a camera in a view layout
The lower right‐hand corner of each camera Viewing Tile is an Anchor Point. Click and drag the anchor point to resize the camera video Viewing Tile. Release the mouse button when the Viewing Tile reaches the desired size.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>{Client}>Users/Groups>{User}>Views>{View}
Cameras can be resized to a 16x9 aspect ratio, or, to a 4x3 aspect ratio from their original size. Corridor View cameras at a 9x16 aspect ratio, can be resized to a 4x3 aspect ratio from their original size.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 356
To Delete a camera from a View Layout
In the drawing pane of the View Layout <Edit> window:
1. Mouse over and then left‐click on a camera video Viewing Tile to select it, the selected camera video viewing tile will become highlighted.
2. Press the delete button on the keyboard, the selected camera video viewing tile will be deleted from the layout pane of the View Layout <Edit> window.
‐ OR‐
1. Mouse over and then right‐click on a camera video Viewing Tile to select it, the selected camera video viewing tile will become highlighted and a
[Delete] button will appear.
2. Mouse over and select the [Delete] button. The selected camera video viewing tile will be deleted from the layout pane of the View Layout <Edit> window.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>{Client}>Users/Groups>{User}>Views>{View}
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 357
Adding Maps and Web Pages to a View Layout
In the View Layout <Edit> window, the Cameras list will contain three non‐camera objects:
Map Viewing Tile
Web Page Viewing Tile
Empty Viewing Tile
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>{Client}>Users/Groups>{User}>Views>{View}
Dropping a Map Viewing Tile onto the View Layout drawing surface adds a map to the view layout.
Dropping a Web Page Viewing Tile onto the View Layout drawing surface adds a web page to the view layout.
Dropping an Empty Viewing Tile onto the View Layout drawing surface adds an empty tile o the view layout.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 358
To add a map to the View Layout
Maps are added to a View Layout in a manner similar to the way camera video is added.
1. From the cameras list in the View Layout <Edit> window, mouse over and click to drag the Map thumbnail onto the View Layout drawing pane. A Map dialogue will appear.
Figure 13‐38, Add Map Dialogue
2. In the Map dialogue, select a map and then click [OK].
‐ OR –
Double‐click to select a map.
A Viewing Tile for the selected map will appear on the drawing pane. The map‐viewing tile may be moved and resized.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 359
To add a web page to the view layout
Web Pages are added to a View Layout in a manner similar to the way camera video is added.
1. From the cameras list in the View Layout <Edit> window, mouse over and click to drag the web page thumbnail onto the View Layout drawing pane. A
Web Page dialogue will appear.
Figure 13‐39, Web page Dialogue
2. In the Web Page dialogue, optionally select disable links and other browser
controls. This option prevents users from navigating away from the specified web page.
3. Click [OK].
A Viewing Tile for the selected web page will appear on the drawing pane.
The web page viewing tile may be moved and resized.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Client Configuration, Maps
P a g e | 360
Creating and Managing Map Objects
Map objects are created and managed by using functions available in the Map Menu.
Map Menu functions can also be accessed via buttons on the client configuration
Console Toolbar.
The client configuration Map Menu enables a system administrator to add and remove map objects within the maps container.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>Maps
New Map
Create a new Map object
Remove
Delete selected Map object
Click to select Map, right click opens menu
Figure 13‐40, Map Menu
To create a new map object
1. In the Client Configuration console tree, expand the Zones/Sites container and select the Maps container.
2. Right click to open the Maps menu.
3. Mouse over and select New Map. A New Map dialogue will appear.
4. In the New Map dialogue box, enter a name for the map to be created. Click
[OK]. A new Map object is created in the Maps container.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 361
To delete a map object
1. In the Client Configuration, console tree expand the Zones/Sites container.
2. Within the expanded Zones/Sites container, expand Maps container and then select the Map object to be deleted.
3. Right click to open the Maps menu.
4. Mouse over and select Remove. The selected Map is deleted from the Maps container.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Configuring Maps
P a g e | 362
Maps, General Window
The <General> tab enables the System Administrator to import image files for use as maps and to select the imported map image for use in the View Layout currently being configured.
Start>All Programs>CompleteView>System Configuration>Configure Clients>{Client}>Users/Groups>{User}>Views>{View}
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 363
Map <General> Settings Window Controls
Map Name
Image Name
Images
Import Button
Select Button
Delete Button
Map Name is the name given to the map currently being configured.
Image Name is the name of the image being used in the map currently being configured.
Images is the list of images available for use in the map currently being configured.
The Import Button is used to import an image file into the Images list.
The Select Button is used to select an image from the Images list for use in the map currently being configured.
The Delete Button is used to delete an image from the Images.
Cached File Name
Cached File Name displays the temporary filename assigned to the imported image currently selected in the Images list.
Table 13‐7, Map General Settings Controls
To import an image file
1. In the Client Configuration, Map <General> window, click [Import]. An Open file dialogue will appear.
Open File Dialogue
Double‐click file selection
Figure 13‐41, Maps Open File Dialogue
2. Using the Open file dialogue, navigate to and double‐click the image file to be imported.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 364
3. The selected image is added to the list of available map images in the
Images list box
To select an imported image file
1. In the Client Configuration, Map <General> window, Images list box, mouse over and click to highlight a listed image.
A preview of the image will appear
The image Cached File Name will be displayed
2. When the desired image is highlighted, click [Select].
The name of the newly selected image will appear in the Image
Name field.
To delete an imported image file
1. In the Client Configuration, Map <General> window, Images list box, mouse over and click to highlight the image to be deleted.
A preview of the image will appear
The image Cached File Name will be displayed
2. When the desired image is highlighted, click [Delete].
The image file is deleted from the Images list box.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 365
Import any number of files as maps. Once imported, an image becomes available for use as a map. Once selected, an image is used as a map.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 366
Map, Edit Window
Once a map image has been selected by using settings in the <General> window, the map can be tailored using the <Edit> window, to closely represent the placement and orientation of cameras in an actual physical location.
Using the <Edit> window, the System Administrator may:
Place cameras on the map
Edit camera field‐of‐view‐cones
Link to other maps
Salient Systems, Inc.
Figure 13‐42, Map Edit Window
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 367
Map <Edit> Window Controls
Servers
Refresh Button
The Servers list box provides a tree‐view list of available maps as well as servers and available cameras associated with each server.
The Refresh button updates the cached server list and information from each server in the list.
Increase Zoom Icon
The Increase Zoom icon causes the edit view to zoom in on the map image.
Decrease Zoom Icon
The Decrease Zoom icon causes the edit view to zoom out on the map image.
Scale To Fit Button
Scale to Fit automatically scales the map image to fit in the edit view pane.
Scale 1:1 Button
Scale 1:1 returns the map image to its original size.
Show Labels
The Show Labels checkbox enables a label for each camera to become visible.
Table 13‐8, Map Edit Window Controls
To place and edit a camera on the map
Camera placement on the map is accomplished using drag‐and‐drop.
1. In the Client Configuration, Map <Edit> window, Servers list box, expand the server containers to reveal all available cameras from each server.
2. In the Servers list box, mouse over and left click on the camera to be placed, and then drag and drop it onto the map.
The camera should be placed at a spot on the map that corresponds with its actual physical location. Once a camera is placed, a default field‐of‐view cone will be displayed. Rolling over areas and edges of the cone, controls to edit the field of view will be revealed.
Using these control:
Change the length of the cone
Change the viewing angle of the cone
Change the direction of the cone
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 368
It is not possible to add a QuickTrack camera to a map.
To display a snapshot from a camera on the map
On the map being edited, mouse over a camera; a snapshot from the camera video stream will be displayed.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 369
To display a live‐view stream from a camera on the map
On the map being edited, mouse over a camera and then right‐click. A camera pop‐ up menu will display.
From the pop‐up menu, mouse over and select Live View.
A Live View window will appear.
Figure 13‐43, Map Camera Live View
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
To delete a camera from the map
P a g e | 370
On the map being edited, mouse over a camera and then right‐click. A camera pop‐up menu will appear.
From the pop‐up menu, mouse over and select Delete.
The camera is removed from the map.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 371
To place a link to another map
Map link placement onto the map being edited is accomplished using drag‐and‐ drop.
1. In the Client Configuration, Map <Edit> window, Servers list box, expand the
Map containers to reveal all available maps.
2. In the Servers list box, mouse over and left click on the map link to be placed and then drag and drop it onto the map being edited.
To test a link to another map
On the map being edited, mouse over a map link and then right‐click.
A map link pop‐up menu will appear.
From the pop‐up menu, mouse over and select Jump To Map Link.
To delete a map link
1. On the map being edited, mouse over a map link and then right‐click. A map link pop‐up menu will appear.
2. From the pop‐up menu, mouse over and select Delete Map Link.
3. The map link is removed from the map being edited.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 372
14. CompleteView™ Server Process Maintenance
CompleteView Server Processes run under the Microsoft® Windows® operating system as
Windows® System Services. Each server process listens for and responds to client request via an assigned TCP port. Server‐process maintenance tasks are performed from the
Windows® Command Interpreter by invoking a server process executable image and passing to it, command line arguments.
Ordinarily, system administrators are not required to perform Server Process maintenance.
Server processes install automatically during software installation and start automatically during system boot. Server Process maintenance tasks are normally performed only during troubleshooting by Salient Systems customer support or engineering staff.
Server processes install automatically during CompleteView™ Software installation when the corresponding Server Application checkbox is selected in the “Select Packages” dialog.
If “CompleteView Server” was selected with a checkmark during installation, the
“CompleteView Server” process and the
“CompleteView Administrative Service” process was automatically installed.
Server Applications
If “CompleteView Config Server” was selected with a checkmark during installation, the “CompleteView
Configuration Server” process was automatically installed.
If “Server Applications” was selected with a checkmark during installation, all processes related to the “CompleteView Server” and
“CompleteView Configuration Server” were automatically installed.
Figure 14-1, Server Package Selection
The default location of the CompleteView installation directory can be found at the “.\Program
Files\completeview\” subdirectory of the Windows system root directory.
Server‐process maintenance tasks are performed from the Windows® command shell. To open a command shell, click start and click run. A Run dialogue box will appear. Type {cmd} in the
Run dialogue text box and then click [OK], a Windows® command shell will open.
Navigate to the CompleteView installation directory.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 373
Navigate to the CompleteView installation directory
C:\..\..\{WindowsDefaultDirectory} cd ..\..\Program Files\CompleteView
Table 14‐1, Change Directory Command
The CompleteView™ installation directory will contain one or more of the below listed executable image files relating to installed Server Processes.
Executable Images
Image File
MainServer.exe:
AdminService.exe:
Server Process
CompleteView Server
CompleteView Administrative Service
ConfigServer.exe:
MainServer64.exe:
CompleteView Configuration Server
CompleteView Server, 64 bit edition
AdminService64.exe:
CompleteView Administrative Service, 64 bit edition
ConfigServer64.exe:
CompleteView Administrative Service, 64 bit edition
Table 14-2, CompleteView Server Executable Images
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
CompleteView Install Directory Listing
P a g e | 374
Figure 14-2, Installation Directory Listing
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 375
CompleteView Server Service
The CompleteView Server is the core of the CompleteView software suite. This service is responsible for all aspects of acquiring video, performing video motion detection, archiving of video, stream management, and a multitude of other tasks.
Server Service Communications
Figure 14‐3, Server Service Network Communications
It is permissible to modify the CompleteView Server Service, Windows® System
Properties in order to stop or disable the service.
Manually stopping the CompleteView Server Service will disable the service until it is manually restarted, or, until the next Windows system reboot.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 376
Manually disabling the CompleteView Server Service will leave it disabled it until the service is manually re‐enabled. Once disabled, the service will not automatically restart upon successive Windows system reboots.
Server Service in Windows® Computer Management Console
Start>All Programs>Administrative Tools>Computer Management>Services and Applications>Services
Click to select CompleteView™ Server Service
Figure 14‐4, CompleteView Server Service
Server Service Maintenance Tasks
The following maintenance tasks are available to the CompleteView™ Server Service:
Register the CompleteView Server Service as a Windows® System
Service.
Unregister the CompleteView Server Service as a Windows® System
Service.
Run the Server Service in "interactive mode", e.g. as a normal application.
Specify the TCP port where the CompleteView™ Server
s ervice listens for client requests.
Maintenance tasks for the Server Service are performed from the Windows®
Command Shell by invoking MainServer.exe executable image in the CompleteView installation directory from a command line, along with the appropriate command line argument(s).
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 377
Before performing a MainServer maintenance task from the Windows® Command
Shell, ensure the Server Service is either not registered or not currently running as a
Windows® System Service. From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’, verify that the ‘CompleteView Server Service’ is either stopped or absent; reference
Figure 14‐6 above.
When run from a Windows® Command Line, MainServer.exe starts in interactive mode, performs the task requested by the /<arg1> /<arg2> arguments and exits. If invoked without any command line arguments, AdminService.exe starts in interactive mode and immediately exits. If invoked with the /<arg1> = /noservice,
MainServer.exe starts and runs in interactive mode.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 378
Example:
C:\Program Files\CompleteView>MainServer /<arg1> [/<arg2>]
Where:
/<arg1>=
/<arg2>=
/register
[/port{n}]
Registers the CompleteView
Server Service as a Windows®
System Service and adds it to the list of System Services in the Windows® ‘Computer
Management’ Console. The optional /port{n} argument may be included in order to specify the TCP port
CompleteView™ Server will use to listen for client connections where {n} represents the desired port number.
If the /port {n} argument is omitted AdminService will register using the default port,
TCP 4255.
/<arg1>=
/<arg1>=
/unregister Un‐registers the CompleteView
CompleteView™ Server Service as a Windows® System Service and removes it from the list of
System Services.
/noservice Run the CompleteView™
CompleteView™ Server Service in "interactive mode", e.g. as a
Windows® application.
Table 14‐3, MainServer Command Line Arguments
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 379
Un‐Register MainServer
To unregister MainServer as a Windows® System Service and remove it from the list of System Services in the Windows® ‘Computer Management’ Console: a)
From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’, verify that the
‘CompleteView ServerService’ is stopped; reference Figure 14‐6. b)
Open a Windows® Command Shell and change the current directory to the
CompleteView installation directory. c)
At the command line prompt enter the ServerService ‘unregister’ command.
Example:
C:/Program Files/CompleteView/> MainServer /unregister
Where:
/ unregister Unregisters MainServer as a
Windows® System Service and removes it from the list of system services.
Table 14‐4, MainServer Unregister Command
Upon command completion, the Server Service will be unregistered as a Windows®
System Service and removed from the list of System Services in the Windows®
‘Computer Management’ Console.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 380
Register MainServer
To register MainServer as a Windows® System Service and add it to the list of System
Services in the Windows® ‘Computer Management’ Console: a)
From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’, verify that the
‘CompleteView Server Service’ is absent; reference Figure 14‐6. b)
Open a Windows® Command Shell and change the current directory to the
CompleteView installation directory. c)
At the command line prompt, enter the ServerService ‘register’ command.
Example:
C:\Program Files\CompleteView>MainServer /<arg1> [/<arg2>]
Where:
/<arg1>=
/<arg2>=
/register
[/port{n}]
Registers the CompleteView Server
Service as a Windows® System
Service and adds it to the list of
System Services in the Windows®
‘Computer Management’ Console.
The optional /port{n} argument may be included in order to specify the TCP port Server Service will use to listen for client connections where {n} represents the desired port number.
If the /port {n} argument is omitted
Server Service will register using the default TCP port, 4255.
Table 14‐5, MainServer Register Command
Upon command completion, the Server Service registers as a Windows® System
Service and appears on the list of System Services in the Windows® ‘Computer
Management’ Console.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 381
When the optional ‘/port {n}’ argument is omitted Server Service will register using the default port, TCP 4255.
When the optional ‘/port {n}’ argument is included Server Service will register using the TCP port specified by {n}.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 382
Reassign MainServer TCP Port
In order to re‐assign the MainServer TCP Port, the MainServer service must be un‐ registered and then re‐registered.
To re‐assign the Server Service TCP Port: a)
From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’, verify that the
CompleteView™ Server Service’ is ‘Stopped’; reference Figure 14‐6. b)
Open a Windows® Command Shell and change the current directory to the
CompleteView installation directory. c)
At the command line prompt enter the Server Service ‘unregister’ command:
C:/Program Files/CompleteView/ServerService /unregister d)
Upon command completion a new command line prompt will appear. e)
At the command line prompt enter the Server Service ‘register’ command, where {n} represents the desired TCP Port number :
C:/Program Files/CompleteView/MainServer/register /port {n} f)
From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’, start the
‘CompleteView™ Server Service’; reference Figure 14‐6.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 383
Run MainServer in Interactive Mode
To run MainServer in interactive mode: a)
From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’, verify that the
‘CompleteView™ Server Service’ is either stopped or absent; reference
Figure 14‐6. b)
Open a Windows® Command Shell and change the current directory to the
CompleteView installation directory. c)
At the command line prompt enter the MainServer ‘run’ command :
“C:/Program Files/CompleteView/MainServer”
Upon command completion the MainServer will be running in Interactive Mode, e.g. as a Windows® Application.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 384
CompleteView Administrative Service
The CompleteView Administrative Service, AdminService.exe, runs as a Windows®
System Service. AdminService enables Remote Software Updates and remote control of the CompleteView Server, Windows® System Service from Admin Console clients.
Figure 14-5, CompleteView Admin Service
It is permissible to modify the CompleteView Administrative Service, Windows®
System Properties in order to stop or disable the service. The Administrative Service should only be stopped or disabled when remote software updates or remote control of the CompleteView Server service is not desired.
Manually stopping the CompleteView Admin Service will disable the service until it is manually restarted, or, until the next Windows system reboot.
Manually disabling the CompleteView Admin Service will leave it disabled it until the service is manually re‐enabled. Once disabled, the service will not automatically restart upon successive Windows system reboots
Changes to the Administrative Service, Windows® System Properties can be accomplished via the Windows® Administrative Tools, Computer Management console.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 385
Start>All Programs>Administrative Tools>Computer Management>Services and Applications>Services
Figure 14‐6, Select Admin Service
Administrative Service Maintenance Tasks
The following maintenance tasks can be performed for the CompleteView
Administrative Service:
Register the CompleteView Administrative Service as a Windows®
System Service.
Unregister the CompleteView Administrative Service as a Windows®
System Service.
Run the Administrative Service in "interactive mode", e.g. as a normal application.
Specify the TCP port where the Administrative service will listen for client connections.
Maintenance tasks for the Administrative Service are performed from the Windows®
Command Shell by invoking AdminService.exe executable image in the CompleteView installation directory from a command line, along with the appropriate command line argument(s).
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 386
Example:
C:\Program Files\CompleteView>AdminService /<arg1> [/<arg2>]
Where:
/<arg1> [
/<arg2>]=
/<arg1>=
/<arg1>=
/register [
/port{n}]
/unregister
/noservice
Registers the CompleteView
Administrative Service as a
Windows® System Service and adds it to the list of System
Services in the Windows®
‘Computer Management’ Console.
The optional /port
{n} argument may be included in order to specify the TCP port AdminService will use to listen for client connections where
{n} represents the desired port number.
If the /port
{n} argument is omitted
AdminService will register using the default port, TCP 4255.
Un‐registers the CompleteView
Administrative Service as a
Windows® System Service and removes it from the list of System
Services.
Run the Administrative Service in
"interactive mode", e.g. as a
Windows® application.
When run from a Windows® Command Line, AdminService.exe starts in interactive mode, performs the task requested by the /<arg1> /<arg2> arguments and exits. If invoked without any command line arguments, AdminService.exe starts in interactive mode and immediately exits. If invoked with the /<arg1> = /noservice,
AdminService.exe starts and runs in interactive mode
Before performing an AdminService maintenance task from the Windows® Command
Shell, ensure the AdminService is either not registered or not currently running as a
Windows® System Service. From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’,
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 387 verify that the ‘CompleteView Administrative Service’ is either stopped or absent; reference Figure 14‐6, above.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 388
Un‐Register AdminService
To unregister AdminService Service as a Windows® System Service and removes it from the list of System Services in the Windows® ‘Computer Management’ Console: d)
From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’, verify that the
‘CompleteView Administrative Service’ is stopped; reference Figure 14‐6. e)
Open a Windows® Command Shell and change the current directory to the
CompleteView installation directory. f)
At the command line prompt enter the AdminService ‘unregister’ command:
“C:/Program Files/CompleteView/AdminService /unregister”
Upon command completion, the AdminService will be unregistered as a Windows®
System Service and removed from the list of System Services in the Windows®
‘Computer Management’ Console.
Register AdminService
To register AdminService Service as a Windows® System Service and add it to the list of System Services in the Windows® ‘Computer Management’ Console: d)
From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’, verify that the
‘CompleteView Administrative Service’ is absent; reference Figure 14‐6. e)
Open a Windows® Command Shell and change the current directory to the
CompleteView installation directory. f)
At the command line prompt enter the AdminService ‘register’ command :
“C:/Program Files/CompleteView/AdminService /register [/port {n}]”
Upon command completion the AdminService will be registered as a Windows®
System Service and added to the list of System Services in the Windows® ‘Computer
Management’ Console.
When the optional ‘/port {n}’ argument is omitted AdminService will register using the default port, TCP 4255.
When the optional ‘/port {n}’ argument is included AdminService will register using the TCP port specified by {n}.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 389
Reassign AdminService TCP Port
In order to re‐assign the AdminService TCP Port, the AdminService must be un‐ registered and then re‐registered.
To re‐assign the AdminService TCP Port: g)
From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’, verify that the
‘CompleteView Administrative Service’ is ‘Stopped’; reference Figure 14‐6. h)
Open a Windows® Command Shell and change the current directory to the
CompleteView installation directory. i)
At the command line prompt enter the AdminService ‘unregister’ command
:
“C:/Program Files/CompleteView/AdminService /unregister” j)
Upon command completion a new command line prompt will appear. k)
At the command line prompt enter the AdminService ‘register’ command, where {n} represents the desired TCP Port number :
“C:/Program Files/CompleteView/AdminService /register /port {n}” l)
From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’, start the
‘CompleteView Administrative Service’; reference Figure 14‐6.
Run AdminService in Interactive Mode
To run AdminService in interactive mode: a)
From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’, verify that the
‘CompleteView Administrative Service’ is either stopped or absent; reference Figure 14‐6. b)
Open a Windows® Command Shell and change the current directory to the
CompleteView installation directory. c)
At the command line prompt enter the AdminService ‘run’ command :
“C:/Program Files/CompleteView/AdminService”
Upon command completion the AdminService will be running in Interactive Mode, e.g. as a Windows® Application.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 390
CompleteView Configuration Server
The CompleteView™ Configuration Server, configserver.exe, runs as a Windows®
System Service.
The Configuration Server is a centralized database containing the Video Client
configuration for every user in the enterprise. In addition to the benefits offered by centralized storage of these configurations, it also grants users the ability to roam to any computer in the network on which the CompleteView Client is installed, while retaining its individual viewing layouts.
Figure 14‐7, CompleteView™ Config Server Service
The Config Server is also an important component in CompleteView's client update process.
Each CompleteView Client that utilizes the configuration server can be configured to check for newer client software during the login process. If a newer version of the client application is found, then the user will be prompted to update their client software. The actual process of updating the client software is entirely automatic and does not require user or administrator intervention.
The Config Server may be installed on any Windows‐based computer in the network, regardless of whether or not it is running the CompleteView Server application.
This application is installed by selecting the CompleteView Config Server component in the setup program.
It is permissible to modify the CompleteView Configuration Service, Windows®
System Properties in order to stop or disable the service.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 391
Manually stopping the CompleteView Configuration Service will disable the service until it is manually restarted, or, until the next Windows system reboot.
Manually disabling the CompleteView Configuration Service will leave it disabled it until the service is manually re‐enabled. Once disabled, the service will not automatically restart upon successive Windows system reboots
Changes to the Configuration Service, Windows® System Properties can be accomplished via the Windows® Administrative Tools, Computer Management console.
Start>All Programs>Administrative Tools>Computer Management>Services and Applications>Services
Figure 14‐8, Select Config Server Service
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 392
ConfigServer Service Maintenance Tasks
The following maintenance tasks can be performed for the CompleteView
ConfigServer Service:
Register the CompleteView ConfigServer Service as a Windows® System
Service.
Unregister the CompleteView ConfigServer Service as a Windows®
System Service.
Run the ConfigServer Service in "interactive mode", e.g. as a Windows® application.
Specify the TCP port where the ConfigServer service will listen for client connections.
Maintenance tasks for the ConfigServer Service are performed from the Windows®
Command Shell by invoking ConfigServer.exe executable image in the CompleteView installation directory from a command line, along with the appropriate command line argument(s).
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Example:
P a g e | 393
C:\Program Files\CompleteView> ConfigServer /<arg1> [/<arg2>]
Where:
/<arg1> [
/<arg2>]=
/<arg1>=
/<arg1>=
/register
[port{n}]
/unregister
/noservice
Registers the CompleteView
ConfigService as a Windows®
System Service and adds it to the list of System Services in the
Windows® ‘Computer
Management’ Console. The optional /port
{n} argument may be included in order to specify the
TCP port ConfigServer will use to listen for client connections where
{n} represents the desired port number.
If the /port
{n} argument is omitted ConfigServer will register using the default port, TCP 4255.
Un‐registers the CompleteView
ConfigService as a Windows®
System Service and removes it from the list of System Services.
Run the ConfigService in
"interactive mode", e.g. as a
Windows® application.
When run from a Windows® Command Line, ConfigServer.exe starts in interactive mode, performs the task requested by the /<arg1> /<arg2> arguments and exits. If invoked without any command line arguments, AdminService.exe starts in interactive mode and immediately exits. If invoked with the /<arg1> = /noservice,
ConfigServer.exe starts and runs in interactive mode
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 394
Before performing a ConfigServer Service maintenance task from the Windows®
Command Shell, ensure the ConfigServer Service is either not registered or not currently running as a Windows® System Service. From the Windows® ‘Computer
Management Console’, verify that the ‘CompleteView ConfigService’ either is stopped or absent, reference Figure 14‐6, above.
Un‐Register ConfigServer Service
To unregister ConfigServer Service as a Windows® System Service and removes it from the list of System Services in the Windows® ‘Computer Management’ Console:
1.
From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’, verify that the
‘CompleteView ConfigServer Service’ is stopped; reference Figure 14‐6.
2.
Open a Windows® Command Shell and change the current directory to the
CompleteView installation directory.
3.
At the command line prompt enter the ConfigServer ‘unregister’ command :
“C:/Program Files/CompleteView/ ConfigServer/unregister”
Upon command completion, the ConfigServer will be unregistered as a Windows®
System Service and removed from the list of System Services in the Windows®
‘Computer Management’ Console.
Register ConfigServer
To register ConfigServer Service as a Windows® System Service and add it to the list of System Services in the Windows® ‘Computer Management’ Console:
1.
From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’, verify that the
‘CompleteView ConfigServer Service’ is absent; reference Figure 14‐6.
2.
Open a Windows® Command Shell and change the current directory to the
CompleteView installation directory.
3.
At the command line prompt enter the ConfigServer ‘register’ command :
“C:/Program Files/CompleteView/ ConfigServer/register [/port {n}]”
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 395
Upon command completion, the ConfigServer will be registered as a Windows®
System Service and added to the list of System Services in the Windows® ‘Computer
Management’ Console.
When the optional ‘/port {n}’ argument is omitted ConfigServer will register using the default port, TCP 4255.
When the optional ‘/port {n}’ argument is included ConfigServer will register using the TCP port specified by {n}.
Reassign ConfigServer TCP Port
In order to re‐assign the ConfigServer TCP Port, the ConfigServer must be un‐ registered and then re‐registered.
To re‐assign the ConfigServer TCP Port:
1.
From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’, verify that the
‘CompleteView ConfigService’ is ‘Stopped’; reference Figure 14‐6.
2.
Open a Windows® Command Shell and change the current directory to the
CompleteView installation directory.
3.
At the command line prompt enter the ConfigServer ‘unregister’ command:
“C:/Program Files/CompleteView/ ConfigServer /unregister”
Upon command completion a new command line prompt will appear.
4.
At the command line prompt enter the ConfigServer ‘register’ command, where {n} represents the desired TCP Port number :
“C:/Program Files/CompleteView/ ConfigServer /register /port {n}”
5.
From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’, start the
‘CompleteView ConfigService’; reference Figure 14‐6.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 396
Run ConfigServer in Interactive Mode
To run ConfigServer in interactive mode:
1.
From the Windows® ‘Computer Management Console’, verify that the
‘CompleteView ConfigService’ either is stopped or absent, reference Figure
14‐6.
2.
Open a Windows® Command Shell and change the current directory to the
CompleteView installation directory.
3.
At the command line prompt enter the ConfigServer ‘run’ command :
“C:/Program Files/CompleteView/ ConfigServer”
Upon command completion the ConfigServer will be running in Interactive Mode, e.g. as a Windows® Application.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Appendices
P a g e | 397
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 398
Appendix – A, PTZ Camera Control Protocols
Analog Camera Control Protocols (EIA Standards RS‐422/485)
AD ASCII Continuous
American Dynamics ASCII; Continuous commands
AD ASCII Make/Break
American Dynamics ASCII; Start/Stop commands
AD Pelco P
Canon VC‐C4
Kalatel
Digital
CompleteView™ Digital PTZ control for fixed analog or IP cameras
Panasonic WV‐CS850 Conv
Panasonic Conventional
Panasonic WV‐CS850 New
Panasonic New
Pelco ASCII
Pelco D
For CM6x00 video matrix switch and CM9760
Pelco P
Philips Biphase
RVision
SAE
Samsung
Sensormatic
Sony EVI‐D30/D31
Ultrak KD6 (Diamond)
VCL
Vicon
For Sensormatic and American Dynamics cameras
Sony Visca protocol
Ultrak; formerly known as the Diamond protocol
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 399
IP Camera Control Protocols (EIA Standards RS‐422/485)
ACTi HTTP IP
ACTi IP camera driver
ACTi Pelco D IP
ACTi IP camera driver
ACTi Pelco P IP
AD Illustra
AD
Axis V2 IP
ACTi IP camera driver
Axis Communications V2 API
Axis V2 IP version 4.0
Bosch BiCom
Bosch OSRD
Bosch Pelco‐D
Brickcom
Canon
Digital
Axis Communications V2 API; Use for camera/encoder firmware
CompleteView™ Digital PTZ control for fixed analog or IP cameras
Nexus (DLTV) IP, Nexus (IR) IP
FLIR
Generic‐D
Hikvision Speed Dome
Mobotix IP
Panasonic IP
Pelco API
Pelco
Samsung
Sony IP Continuous Move
Sony IP‐Move
Sony Visca IP
Toshiba IK‐WB IP
Toshiba IK‐WB21A
Generic Dynacolor IP PTZ Protocol
Mobotix 360 degree IP cameras
All Panasonic cameras
Sony IP‐Move
All other Sony cameras
Toshiba IK‐WB01A/11A
Toshiba IK‐WB21A
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
IP Camera Control Protocols (EIA Standards RS‐422/485)
Vivotek
P a g e | 400
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 401
Appendix – B, Generic IP Camera Drivers
CompleteView has been designed as a flexible platform for supporting IP imaging devices.
Accordingly, a generic driver model is available that supports a basic functionality for most
IP cameras.
Generic IP Camera for MJPEG
Repetitive HTTP requests for a JPEG image:
Enter the path* for a JPEG image on the camera. Examples include "image", "jpeg", and
"axis‐cgi/jpg/image.cgi?camera=2".
Generic IP MJPEG Streaming Camera for MJPEG
An HTTP request for streaming JPEG images:
Enter the path* for an MJPEG stream on the camera. Examples include "image",
"nphMotionJpeg", and "axis‐cgi/mjpg/video.cgi".
Generic IP RTSP Streaming Camera for MPEG‐4
RTSP control of MPEG‐4 video over RTP, both tunneled through HTTP. Enter the path* for an MPEG‐4 stream on the camera.
A URL path follows the domain name (and optional port number) and precedes the query string. For example, in the URL,
"http://192.168.1.100:80/image?speed=10", "image" is the path. However,
CompleteView’s use of "path" includes everything after the domain name
(and optional port number), which also includes the query string, if present.
Therefore, from the example URL, one may enter "image?speed=10" as the path. If one does not enter the path beginning with a slash character ("/"), as in our example, CompleteView™ provides one. For those rare cases where the camera does not allow a path, enter a single slash character instead of leaving the path field blank.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Appendix – C, Axis Event Camera Configuration
P a g e | 402
In order to function properly, On‐Camera Event Alerting must be configured in
CompleteView™, along with the Trigger Data feature and alerting mechanisms in the camera. If streaming MJPEG only, access the configuration via HTTP.
To configure the Axis camera Trigger Data and the camera alerting mechanisms utilized by CompleteView™:
1. In the CompleteView™ camera configuration <IP> window, click the
[Configure] button. A web browser will launch and automatically navigate to the cameras’ Basic Configuration page.
Axis Camera Basic Configuration Web Page
Navigate to: System Options > Advanced > Plain Config
Figure 14‐9, Axis Camera Basic Configuration
2. From the Axis camera Basic Configuration web page, navigate to the Plain
Config page.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Follow the hyperlinks: System Options>Advanced>Plain Config
Axis Camera Plain Config Web Page
P a g e | 403
Select Image Group parameters
Figure 14‐10, Axis Camera Plain Config Page
3. On the Axis camera Plain Config web page, select the Image Group parameters to modify.
From the Select Group drop down menu, select Image. Click the [Select Group] button.
A screen containing the Image Group settings will appear
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Axis Camera Image Group Settings
P a g e | 404
Figure 14‐11, Axis Camera Image Group Settings
4. In the Axis Camera Image Group parameters, Image IO parameters, select the Trigger data enabled checkbox.
5. In the Axis Camera Image Group parameters, Image IO Overlay parameters, select the User data enabled checkbox.
Trigger Data alarming works with Motion JPEG, MPEG4 video streams and cameras with FW 5.60 and lower. HTTP notification method is currently used only for MJPEG and for other stream types, event notifications are received over RTSP and do not require any additional configurations on the camera except for creating motion zones.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 405
HTTP Notification Command Format:
CompleteView™ HTTP Command Format
Notification URL
http://[address]:[port]/axis‐event.cgi?camera=[camera]&event=[action]
Table 14‐6, CompleteView™ HTTP Command Format
CompleteView™ HTTP Command Variables
[address]
IP address or fully qualified hostname of the CompleteView™ server
[port]
[camera]
[action]
CompleteView™ web service port (default=8080)
CompleteView™ camera number
Command to CompleteView™
Table 14‐7, CompleteView™ HTTP Command Variables
CompleteView™ HTTP Commands
motion_on
Initiate motion recording
motion_off alarm_on alarm_off
Terminate motion recording
Initiate alarm recording
Terminate alarm recording
Table 14‐8, CompleteView™ HTTP Command Actions
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 406
Axis Camera Event Notification Setup
The Axis camera must be configured to send a URL based notification to
CompleteView on the desired event. The Axis camera event alerting interface varies slightly across different camera firmware revisions. Please refer to Axis documentation for the camera being configured for specific instructions.
Identify the CompleteView™ server as the event recipient
Define Action Rules for each camera‐triggered event
To identify the CompleteView™ server as the event recipient
Axis Camera Events Configuration Web Page
Navigate to: Setup > Events > Recipients
Figure 14‐12, Events Configuration Web Page
Salient Systems, Inc.
1. On the Axis camera Setup web page, expand the Events menu and select Recipients.
2. Click [Add…]. The Axis camera Event Configuration/Recipient Setup dialogue will appear.
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 407
3. On the Axis camera Event Configuration/Recipient Setup dialogue, input the recipient parameters.
Axis Camera Event Configuration/Recipient Setup
Input recipient parameters
Figure 14‐13, Event Configuration/Recipient Setup
Event Recipient Parameters
Name
Type
URL
Any unique descriptive name such as CompleteView™ Server
HTTP
http://[address]:[port]/axis‐event.cgi
Where: [address] = CompleteView™ server IP address
[port] = CompleteView™ web service TCP port
User Name
Password
User account name used to log onto the CompleteView™ server
User account password used to log onto the CompleteView™ server, the password must not be blank
Table 14‐9, Event Recipient Parameters
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 408
4. On the Axis camera Event Configuration/Recipient Setup dialogue, click [Test].
A popup window should appear and report Upload Successful.
5. Click [OK] to save and close the Event Configuration/Recipient Setup dialogue.
Setup the Axis Camera Action Rules
1. On the Axis camera Setup web page, expand the Events menu and select Action
Rules.
2. Click [Add…]. The Axis camera Event Configuration/Action Rules Setup dialogue will appear.
Action Rules
Salient Systems, Inc.
Navigate to: Setup > Events > Action Rules
Figure 14‐14, Action Rules Setup
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Action Rule Setup
P a g e | 409
Navigate to: Setup > Events > Action Rule Setup
Figure 14‐15, Action Rule Dialogue
Action Rule Parameters
Name
Trigger
Any unique descriptive name such as Motion On
Select the Axis camera trigger that will initiate this Action Rule
Type
Set to Send Notification
Recipient
Message
Select the CompleteView™ server previously setup as Recipient
Optionally enter text to be used as a log file entry upon each Action Rule occurrence
Custom Parameter Each Action Rule requires two custom parameters
Where: [parm1] = Camera number
[parm2] = CompleteView™ Recording action
Table 14‐10, Action Rule Parameters
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Setup the Action Rule Custom Parameters
P a g e | 410
1. In the Axis camera Event Configuration/Action Rules Setup dialogue, click the [Add] button. An Action Configuration/Custom HTTP Parameter dialogue will appear.
2. In the Action Configuration/Custom HTTP Parameter dialogue, enter the settings for Custom parameter #1
3. Click [OK] to save and close the Action Configuration/Custom HTTP
Parameter dialogue
4. In the Axis camera Event Configuration/Action Rules Setup dialogue, click the [Add] button. An Action Configuration/Custom HTTP Parameter dialogue will appear.
5. In the Action Configuration/Custom HTTP Parameter dialogue, enter the settings for Custom parameter #2
6. Click [OK] to save and close the Action Configuration/Custom HTTP
Parameter dialogue
Custom [parm1] Custom [parm2]
Salient Systems, Inc.
Two custom parameters required for each Action Rule
Figure 14‐16, Action Rule Custom Parameters
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 411
The first Custom HTTP Parameter created for each action rule identifies the
CompleteView™ camera affected by the HTTP notification. The custom parameter uses the camera number as specified by the CompleteView™ Camera Configuration <IP> window CameraID field.
Custom [parm1] Settings
Name
“Camera”
Value
The camera number as specified by the CompleteView™ Camera
Configuration <IP> window CameraID field.
Table 14‐11, Action Rule Parm1 settings
The second Custom HTTP Parameter created for each action rule is the actual HTTP command sent to the CompleteView™ web server each time the Action Rule executes.
Custom [parm2] Settings
Name
“Event”
Value
This value is the HTTP command sent to the CompleteView™ web server each time this action rule executes.
Where:
motion_on = initiate motion recording
motion_off = terminate motion recording
alarm_on = initiate alarm recording
alarm_off = terminate alarm recording
Table 14‐12, Action Rule Parm2 settings
Please refer to Table 12‐30, Camera Alarm Events Samples for more examples.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Appendix – D, Symmetry Analytics Setup
P a g e | 412
1. Enabling VCA events from Symmetry Cameras. a. From the Web interface, select VCA, then Enable/Disable. b. Check the Enable VCA checkbox and the desired features. Only the features selected will activate. Read the text describing how selecting events will affect performance.
Apply the settings then move on to defining each event (setting lines and zones, etc.).
Figure 14-17, Symmetry VCA Setup
2. Enabling VCA events for Symmetry cameras from Complete View. Enabling VCA events in Complete View is done in the CompleteView Server Configuration application. a. Select the Cameras branch from the desired sever root, then select the
Symmetry camera of interest.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 413 b.
Select the IP tab and check the Use On‐Camera Alerting checkbox. Next, click on the <Configure Alerts…> button.
Figure 14-18, Symmetry CompleteView Alert Setup
c. Enable / disable the Events of choice and select the recording level (Alarm or
Motion).
Figure 14-19, Symmetry Alarm Event Selection
d. Make sure the schedule for the Symmetry camera of interest is enabled for
Alarm and/or Motion based on the settings in the On‐Camera Alerting.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 414 e. The Post motion and Post alarm timings on the Motion/Alarm tab are used when recording the triggered on‐camera events.
Figure 14-20, Symmetry Motion and Alarm Timings
3. Enabling DI events from Symmetry Cameras. Unlike the VCA events, interface setup beyond simply enabling the events is required. a. From the Web interface, select the IO Configuration then DI/DO. b. Select the DI Resource Type.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual c.
Select the DI Trigger Type.
P a g e | 415
Figure 14-21, DI Event Setup
d. Select Event Configuration from the Web interface then HTTP. e. Under HTTP Server Configuration, enter the address of your server (e.g.,
192.168.103.60) and the port number (e.g., 4052) f. Select to Enable Logon information. Fill in the user name and password of your server. NOTE: Reentering the password may be required. g. The Request Message format depends on the device model.
For all NVC series models, enter
/camera=3?action=query&type=%event%&info=%alarm% and for all IPX/IPN series models, enter
/camera=3?action=query&type=<eventtype>&info=Alarm (where <eventtype> is di or do). The important part is the /camera=#, where # is the camera number
in CV.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 416
Figure 14-22, Symmetry HTTP Server Setting & Command Line
h. Apply the changes. i. Select Event Profile and add a profile (or modify an existing one). j. Select Enable Profile then, under Configuration, select DI, the Channel (e.g., DI
#1) and Active status.
Figure 14-23, Symmetry Event Profile
k. Click on the <OK> button to exit.
2. Enabling DI events for Symmetry Cameras from Complete View. There are two main steps involved in enabling DI events: 1) Enable Discrete Inputs triggers in the On‐
Camera Alert configuration, and 2) Enable the Web Server HTTP interface.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 417 a. Select the Cameras branch from the desired sever root then select the
Symmetry camera of interest. b. Select the IP tab and check the Use On‐Camera Alerting checkbox then click on the <Configure Alerts…> button. c. Enable / disable the Discrete Inputs event and select the recording level (Alarm or Motion). d. Select the desired server root node then the Web Server tab. e. Check the Enable Web Server (HTTP) check box. f. Enter the same port number as in the Camera DI setup (e.g., 4502).
Please refer to Table 12‐30, Camera Alarm Events Samples for more examples.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Appendix E – Sentry360 Fisheye Calibration
P a g e | 418
CompleteView allows for calibrating the area of focus on many Sentry360 fisheye cameras.
Select the Sentry360 camera from the Cameras list in CompleteView Server Configuration, and
click the General tab.
From the Lens Type dropdown menu, select Sentry360.
Acknowledge the notification that Dynamic Resolution Scaling will be disabled for the camera to be adjusted.
Salient Systems, Inc.
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Click the [Calibrate Fisheye] button.
P a g e | 419
Click and drag the field of view circle (in white) to encompass the desired area. Alternately, the axis coordinates and circle radius can be set manually by entering the desired values in the corresponding fields.
Click [Set] when done.
The Sentry360’s field of view has now been set.
Salient Systems, Inc.
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 420
Appendix F – Vivotek Events Configuration
Use the VIVOTEK Web interface to configure the camera events
1
under Configuration >>
Applications.
1
(Audio detection & PIR not supported)
.
Salient Systems, Inc.
Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 421
The CompleteView VMS Camera Alarm Events dialog displays the supported VIVOTEK events as configured in the camera and allows the user to selectively enable and disable event reporting and the recording level at which the event is recorded.
NOTE: The Field Detect, Line Cross, and Loiter events are only supported as part of the
VIVOTEK Standard VCA application, which must be obtained as a separate, loadable software component from VIVOTEK. See the VIVOTEK camera documentation for further details on obtaining and installing the VCA application package.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Appendix G – FLIR Camera Configuration
P a g e | 422
G1. About the FLIR A310pt
The FLIR A310pt unit typically consists of two video sensors mounted on a single pan/tilt base.
Consequently, the sensors always share the same elevation and bearing. One sensor provides a television (TV) image with zoom, focus, and iris control. The second sensor provides an infrared (IR) image with zoom and focus control.
G2. The FLIR A310pt and CompleteView
Add the sensors on the A310pt as you would any other camera in CompleteView. When adding different sensors from a single A310pt, each sensor is individually treated as a unique camera model. The TV sensor is added as the FLIR camera model A310pt DLTV and the IR sensor is added as model A310pt IR. This configuration allows the CV software to issue the proper
camera control commands to each sensor.
In the event an A310pt unit consists of two or more of the same sensor types, the ID field on the PTZ cameras tab in CompleteView will provide the unique instance ID for sensor control commands (zoom, focus, iris).
G3. Command Control Conflicts and Tour Considerations
The FLIR A310pt is a shared network device. When multiple users are connected to the
A310pt, only one user at a time can issue commands to the unit. When a control command is requested by a CompleteView client station without the control token, CV automatically issues a request for camera control. After receipt of the unit control token, the CV client station is able control the unit. There may be a noticeable delay between each command as the interface waits for a response from the unit.
When setting up a CompleteView Tour, it is important to remember that both sensors (TV &
IR) are mounted on the same pan/tilt arm of the FLIR unit, and share the same set of preset point coordinates. While each sensor tour may specify a different set of preset times, the preset points are the same because they are stored in the Pan/Tilt module of the FLIR unit. If you have a large number of named presets you want to share between sensors in
CompleteView, best practice is to install and configure one sensor (camera) first, clone that camera, and make the appropriate changes to the IP model and PTZ driver.
For more information on the FLIR A310pt unit, please consult the FLIR Nexus IP Camera
Configuration Guide available on the FLIR website.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Appendix H ‐ Active Directory® Connector
P a g e | 423
H1. Overview
This appendix assumes that you already have a live Active Directory implementation on your network and that you are familiar with the concepts, terms and tools surrounding it.
Key Benefits of Integration with AD (Enterprise feature)
1. Active Directory can be leveraged for resolving issues related to the management of multiple passwords and accounts and greatly alleviates the account administration burden of the IT staff.
2. End‐users in Windows environments typically already employ Active Directory for their
Windows login, thus options for achieving reduced or single sign‐on are expanded.
3. Authentication against a central directory such as Active Directory allows end‐users to have only one password to remember or change, eliminating the downtime and lost productivity associated with maintaining multiple passwords.
4. With end‐users employing only the Active Directory password, administrators’ account management tasks are streamlined and they realize a dramatic reduction in Help Desk calls, as end‐users no longer require them to perform password resets for forgotten passwords.
5. Coordinating disparate password policies is no longer an issue for administrators as
Active Directory controls password quality, expiration, etc.
6. Authentication redirection to Active Directory provides strength and flexibility for optimizing compliance related activities, such as enforcing password policies that require passwords to be strong and changed regularly.
Prerequisites
The following conditions should be met for each video server on which you wish to enable the
AD connector.
1. The computer should be a member of the domain for which you have configured the
AD connector. However, non domain joined servers connecting to AD are supported.
2. An Enterprise feature key must be installed.
Limitations
The following limitations exist in the current implementation of the AD connector.
1. Dynamic selection of domains is unavailable.
2. Supports only User and User Group objects.
Implementation
Performs dynamic authentication of users against the configured AD domain.
Enumerates a user's group membership within the configured AD domain.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
Access control remains within CompleteView.
The Active Directory database schema is not extended.
H2. Dynamic User Authentication
P a g e | 424
User logs in as John.
The Server asks AD to authenticate
John.
Unsuccessful Authentication
John fails AD authentication.
User logs in as John.
The Server asks AD to authenticate
John.
Successful Authentication
John passes AD authentication; user group membership is enumerated.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 425
H3. CompleteView Config Server
When the AD Connector for the Config Server has been enabled, dynamic authentication against AD is performed as users’ login to the CompleteView Client application. User credentials pass through the Config Server to each CompleteView Server that the user attempts to access.
John’s effective views.
Unsuccessful Authentication
John’s views are configured and stored in the
Config Server. John inherits two view layouts from the Video Operators user group and one from the John user object.
Successful Authentication
John’s effective views.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 426
H4. CompleteView Server
When the AD Connector for the Config Server has been enabled, dynamic authentication against AD is performed as users’ login to the CompleteView Client application. User credentials pass through the Config Server to each CompleteView Server that the user attempts to access.
John’s effective camera permissions.
Unsuccessful Authentication
Camera permissions are configured in the
CompleteView Server. John inherits live view permission from the Video Operators and Video Supervisors user groups, playback permission from the Video
Supervisors user group, and a PTZ priority level of '1' from the John user object.
Successful Authentication
John’s effective camera permissions.
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
CompleteView™ Administrators User Manual
P a g e | 427
Additional Resources
Visit the Salient website, www.salientsys.com
, for additional support and CompleteView
training:
Manuals & Documentation ( http://www.salientsys.com/support/manuals‐and‐ documentation /) – Includes Administrator’s Manual, Client User Manuals (including
Video, Alarm and Web clients), How To Guides and Tips.
Online Tech Support ( http://www.salientsys.com/support/ – Get quick access to online tech support modules that cover the most frequently asked product questions, such as
“Adding and Moving IP Camera Licenses.”
Training http://www.salientsys.com/support/training/ – we offer both online and classroom training. o
CompleteView™ Online Certification ‐ Register online for access to interactive training modules covering the Video, Alarm, Mapping and Web clients o
CompleteView™ Classroom Certification ‐ Our traditional classroom training is available throughout the United States. Please visit the Salient website for link to online training, training calendar, agenda and registration
Salient Systems
4616 W. Howard Ln.
Building 1, Suite 100
Austin, TX 78728
512.617.4800
512.617.4801 Fax
www.salientsys.com
Salient Systems, Inc. Simple.Scalable.Security
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Related manuals
advertisement
Table of contents
- 17 About This Manual
- 17 Scope
- 17 Audience
- 17 Document Conventions
- 17 Typographical Conventions
- 20 Reader Alerts
- 21 Screenshots
- 22 Illustrations
- 23 Command Line Examples
- 25 Acronyms and Abbreviations
- 27 System Requirements
- 27 CompleteView™ Client Requirements
- 27 CompleteView™ Server Requirements
- 28 VMS System Functional Overview
- 33 VMS System Network Communications
- 35 CompleteView™ VMS Software Suite, Overview
- 35 CV Server Suite Components
- 36 CV Client Suite Components
- 39 Microsoft® Windows® Integration
- 40 CompleteView™ Windows® Applications
- 41 System Services
- 42 Accessing CompleteView™ Windows® System Services
- 46 CompleteView™, Active Directory® Connector
- 48 Windows® Firewall
- 48 Mandatory Firewall Exceptions
- 49 Optional Firewall Exceptions
- 49 Camera Firewall Exceptions
- 50 Alarm Device and Other Exceptions
- 50 About Configuring Windows Firewall Exceptions
- 51 Configure Firewall Exceptions
- 52 Configure Windows® Firewall with Advanced Security